• Skip to main content
  • Skip to footer
the-one-you-feed-podcast-eric-zimmer-logo-dark-smk
  • About
    • The Podcast
    • The Parable
    • Eric Zimmer
    • Ginny Gay
  • Book
    • How a Little Becomes a Lot
  • The Podcast
    • Episodes Shownotes
    • Episodes List
    • Anxiety & Depression
    • Addiction & Recovery
    • Habits & Behavior Change
    • Meditation & Mindfulness
  • Programs
    • Overwhelm is Optional Email Course
    • Wise Habits
    • Free Masterclass: Habits That Stick
    • Coaching
  • Membership
  • Resources
    • 6 Sabotuers FREE eBook
    • Sign Up for Wise Habits Text Reminders
    • Free Masterclass: Habits that Stick
    • Free ebook: How to Stick to Meditation Practice
    • Free Training: How to Quiet Your Inner Critic
    • Anti-Racism Resources
    • Blog
  • Contact
    • General Inquiries
    • Guest Requests
  • Search
Wise Habits Texts
Eric's New Book!

Featured

Time Anxiety: The Illusion of Urgency That’s Stealing Your Joy with Chris Guillebeau

January 20, 2026 Leave a Comment

time anxiety
Watch on YouTube
Listen on Spotify
Listen on Apple Podcast

Falling off a goal is normal. Knowing how to get back on track—without shame or drama—is the real skill. I’m hosting a free 60-minute live workshop on Tuesday, January 27 at 7pm ET to teach a simple framework for getting unstuck. Register now for Falling Off is Part of It: The Framework for Getting Back on Track (Without the Drama)!

In this episode, Chris Guillebeau explores time anxiety and the illusion of urgency that is st. aling your joy. He explains the pervasive feeling of never having enough time, discusses the psychological roots of time anxiety, and shares practical strategies for managing competing demands, avoidance, and procrastination. Chris also offers insights on creating personal “rules of engagement,” decluttering schedules, and embracing acceptance, encouraging listeners to cultivate a more intentional, compassionate, and fulfilling relationship with time.

Exciting News!!! Coming in March, 2026, my new book, How a Little Becomes a Lot: The Art of Small Changes for a More Meaningful Life is now available for pre-orders!


Key Takeaways:

  • Definition and exploration of time anxiety as a psychological issue.
  • The distinction between feeling overwhelmed and traditional productivity challenges.
  • The impact of competing priorities and requests on time management.
  • The concept of “rules of engagement” for managing daily demands.
  • Strategies for overcoming avoidance and procrastination.
  • The importance of self-awareness and intentionality in managing time.
  • Practical tips for improving time management, such as allowing buffer time for tasks.
  • The idea of “time decluttering” to create space in schedules.
  • The role of cognitive distortions in exacerbating time-related stress.
  • Encouragement to embrace a mindset shift towards a more fulfilling relationship with time.

Chris Guillebeau is the New York Times bestselling author of The $100 Startup, Side Hustle, and The Happiness of Pursuit, which have sold over one million copies worldwide. During a lifetime of self-employment that included a four-year commitment as a volunteer executive in West Africa, he visited every country in the world (193 in total) before his thirty-fifth birthday.

Connect with Chris Guillebeau: Website | Instagram | Facebook | LinkedIn

If you enjoyed this conversation with Chris Guillebeau, check out these other episodes:

Chris Guillebeau (Interview from 2014)

How to Accept Limitations and Make Time for What Counts with Oliver Burkeman

Time Management for Mortals with Oliver Burkeman

Oliver Burkeman on Modern Time Management (2019)

By purchasing products and/or services from our sponsors, you are helping to support The One You Feed and we greatly appreciate it. Thank you!

This episode is sponsored by:

David Protein bars deliver up to 28g of protein for just 150 calories—without sacrificing taste! For a limited time, our listeners can receive this special deal: buy 4 cartons and get the 5th free when you go to www.davidprotein.com/FEED

Aura Frames: For a limited time, save on the perfect gift by visiting AuraFrames.com /FEED to get $35 off Aura’s best-selling Carver Mat frames – named #1 by Wirecutter –  by using promo code FEED at checkout. This deal is exclusive to listeners, and frames sell out fast,  so order yours now to get it in time for the holidays!

patreon

If you enjoy our podcast and find value in our content, please consider supporting the show. By joining our Patreon Community, you’ll receive exclusive content only available on Patreon!  Click here to learn more!!

Episode Transcript:

Eric Zimmer 00:00:00  Hey, it’s Eric. Quick question. Did you set a goal in January that’s already gone quiet, or have you fallen off a goal even before that and haven’t been able to restart? If so, you’re not alone. Here’s what I’ve learned. After three decades of studying how people change, everyone falls off. The difference between people who succeed and people who stay stuck isn’t discipline. It’s knowing how to get back on track without turning it into a crisis. That’s a skill. And most of us were never taught it. So I’m hosting a free live workshop on Tuesday, January 27th at 7 p.m. ET. It’s called Falling Off is part of it: how to get Back on track. And I’m going to teach you the exact framework I use for getting unstuck without all the shame and drama your brain wants to add. Whether you’re off track right now, or you just want to be ready for when it happens because it will. This workshop will show you a different way. It’s 60 minutes, it’s free and it might change how you think about setbacks for good. Register at www.oneyoufeed.net/restart.

Chris Guillebeau 00:01:10  One of the most important things you can do in your life is to give yourself the gift of time. There’s a cliché about time is the most precious resource, which is also true. It’s a cliché and it’s true. It’s the most precious resource. Yet we don’t really live that way.

Chris Forbes 00:01:31  Welcome to the one you feed. Throughout time, great thinkers have recognized the importance of the thoughts we have. Quotes like garbage in, garbage out or you are what you think ring true. And yet, for many of us, our thoughts don’t strengthen or empower us. We tend toward negativity, self-pity, jealousy, or fear. We see what we don’t have instead of what we do. We think things that hold us back and dampen our spirit. But it’s not just about thinking. Our actions matter. It takes conscious, consistent and creative effort to make a life worth living. This podcast is about how other people keep themselves moving in the right direction, how they feed their good wolf.

Eric Zimmer 00:02:16  If you’ve been walking around with that low level feeling that you’re behind on your calendar, on your goals, maybe even on your life, Chris Gilbert has a name for it time anxiety. Chris is back on the show with his latest book, Time Anxiety The Illusion of Urgency and a Better Way to Live. And what I loved about this conversation is how specific we get. We talk about the two kinds of time anxiety the daily. There’s not enough hours, and the existential life is moving fast. Am I too late? We get into practical things like time blindness, building better time rules, and why? Simply noticing where your time goes can start changing the whole pattern. I’m Erich Zimmer and this is the one you feed. Hi, Chris. Welcome back to the show.

Chris Guillebeau 00:03:05  Thanks, Eric. It’s great to be back.

Eric Zimmer 00:03:06  It has been a long time. I don’t know how long. at least probably 7 or 8 years. But I remember, fondly talking to you, so I’m happy to see you.

Eric Zimmer 00:03:16  You have a new book out. It’s just going to structure a lot of our conversation. It’s called time anxiety, the illusion of Urgency and a Better Way to Live. But before we jump into that, let’s start in the way that we always do with the parable. And in the parable, there’s a grandparent who’s talking with a grandchild, and they say, in life there are two wolves inside of us that are always at battle. One is a good wolf, which represents things like kindness and bravery and love, and the other is a bad wolf, which represents things like greed and hatred and fear. And the grandchild stops. I think about for a second. They look up at their grandparent and they say, well, which one wins? And the grandparent says the one you feed. So I’d like to start off by asking you what that parable means to you in your life and in the work that you do.

Chris Guillebeau 00:04:03  Eric, what a great question. I remember however many years ago it has been that you first asked me that question.

Chris Guillebeau 00:04:09  I have no idea what I said years ago, but it’s funny because I’ve heard this parable a couple of other times since it’s come up, but I think you were the first one that brought it to my attention. I mean, what a wonderful allegory. Like it sits with you, you know? So even as you’re saying it now, like I’ve heard it before, but it’s like I’m it’s hitting me differently. And I even just wrote down on this index card like kindness, bravery and love. You know, I’m like, okay, that’s that’s what I want to be. You know, that’s that’s the wolf that I want to be feeding. But I also recognize that I have greed, I have fear, I have whatever the other undesirable characteristic was. So I guess that’s how it strikes me. I’m like, I do feed both of these wolves. I can’t say that I feed the, you know, the other wolf, like 0%. So I’m just trying to, like, work on my ratio and try to have the kindness, bravery and love be higher.

Eric Zimmer 00:04:56  Yeah, it seems like that other wolf just kind of knows how to eat on its own, right? Like it’s, you know, we talk about, like, you know, which one are you going to feed? But I’m like, I think that guy kind of know he can scavenge pretty well for for what he needs. It’s that other wolf that kind of needs. Needs a little bit more. Needs a little bit more of my attention and nourishment. That’s right. All right. So your latest book is about time anxiety. And you wrote early in the book A Definition of time anxiety. And I just want to read it because I think it sets us this whole conversation up really, really well. And you say it’s for those who feel like there’s never enough time for the things that matter, who fear they’re too late for something important in their life, and who sense there’s something they should be doing right now but aren’t sure what it is. What led you into time?

Chris Guillebeau 00:05:41  Anxiety the definition that you just read from? In a lot of ways, it came from conversations I had with a lot of people as I was researching this topic.

Chris Guillebeau 00:05:51  I went out and did a study with about 1500 people, and I was really surprised at just the remarkable, I wouldn’t say universality, but at least the commonality of the responses. And so many people said very similar things. So many people said like, you know, time anxiety. This is the problem of my life, the defining problem. I think about this all the time. It affects me in so many ways. So that’s the it’s a little bit of a roundabout way to answer, but that’s the second part of what kind of drew me to it. But the first part is like, this was my problem and I was often thinking, and I still am, but a little bit less than. I was just constantly feeling stressed out about. How do I spend the time that I have? Am I doing the right things? You know, there’s so many things I could be doing and it’s great to have choice, but it’s also a little bit overwhelming sometimes. And this sense of, oh, like, life is short and I want to use the time, well, you know, which wolf do I feed? Right.

Chris Guillebeau 00:06:46  And just trying to kind of pick it apart. And so it was affecting my life in a lot of ways. And as I discussed it with more and more people, I noticed that a lot of people really latched on to this idea and said, I’ve never heard this phrase before, time anxiety. But whatever it is, I have that like that affects me too. Yeah. So I wanted to kind of explore it a little bit more.

Eric Zimmer 00:07:04  Exactly. I think, I mean, I certainly do in many of the different forms that you’ve talked about, but you break it down into sort of two core components. One is existential. Time is running out in my life. The older I get, the more this one feels like it’s okay. Boy, it sure is running out fast. But then there’s also the daily routine. There’s just not enough time in any day. So it’s this weird thing, like there’s not enough time from both angles.

Chris Guillebeau 00:07:31  Yeah. And I as I talked with people, you can kind of tell that most people tend to gravitate towards one or the other, or they latch on, they’re like, oh, that’s that’s me.

Chris Guillebeau 00:07:39  You know, it’s like the existential, as you said, you know, time is running out. What do I do with with my life or the like? I have a pretty good vision for my life. At least I know more or less. You know what I want to do. But I’m really struggling with how, you know, competing priorities because a lot of advice that we get is, you know, it’s very reductive. It’s very much like we need to prioritize, like, okay, that’s true. We need to prioritize. But what happens when you make a list of your priorities and you you still are not able to fit it all in, right? And there’s there’s more that you want to do than you’re able to do. And so that can be overwhelming and distressing. Right. And so ultimately the you know, the best response to this, you know, is connecting the two problems. Like, you know, we need to connect our day to day to, you know, what we feel is purposeful and meaningful and such.

Chris Guillebeau 00:08:27  But we also need to be able to let go of a lot of things along the way, because we’re not going to be able to do, you know, everything that that we want to do. That’s ultimately like the direction we need to go in. But first, I think a lot of people are just stuck in one of those loops.

Eric Zimmer 00:08:39  Yeah, I love what you said about competing priorities. And I’ve got a book coming out in March. And one of the things that’s.

Chris Guillebeau 00:08:44  Great, congratulations, by the.

Eric Zimmer 00:08:45  Way. Thank you. Thank you. That I talk about is this idea of motivational complexity. We want all sorts of different things. We have values. We have needs, we have desires. There’s just this whole soup of things going on inside of us. And if we don’t acknowledge that and do our best to cope with it, I don’t think you ever get complete clarity. It’s always changing. It’s always shifting. But recognizing that that’s the nature of the game, I think can be really helpful.

Eric Zimmer 00:09:14  And that comes up in this book again and again and again, which is to recognize on one sense, the reality is you’re not going to get to do all the things that you could think of, that you want to do or that matter to you. Like, that’s not going to happen. And I feel like I recognize that early in my life and wrestled with it a lot. Like it was a pain. It felt like a pain. I feel like I’ve become a little bit more accepting of it over the years.

Chris Guillebeau 00:09:41  Interesting. I think it’s good that you recognize that early in life, because people often tend to. Comes a little bit later. You know, if at all. I think some people never experience it. But if you understand, oh, this is a this is a problem. It is a pain point. And I have to accept, you know, that I’m not going to be able to do everything I want to do. And, you know, we I think it’s interesting because with kids, we’re always telling kids like, you can dream big and like you can be anything.

Chris Guillebeau 00:10:06  I think that’s very helpful, you know, for developing an imagination, you know, at a certain age. But then, you know, at some point the messaging has to shift of like, okay, you can do anything, but you probably can’t do everything right. So, like, what is it that you really want to do? And actually to really pursue that thing, you’re going to have to close some other doors. And so it is painful. It is difficult. But on the other side of that pain, it’s actually something much greater. On the other side of that pain is like, oh, it’s actually joyful, right? I could spend my whole life regretting things that I didn’t do or paths I didn’t go down, or I can just accept that’s how it is for every life. You know, for every person, for every life and for every. Even if you’re just thinking about your own life. Like for every timeline of your life. Like for every path you could go down.

Chris Guillebeau 00:10:51  Like some doors have to close for others to open. And so it can actually be kind of exciting and relieving once you kind of work through it. But I think, at least for me, I was just stuck in not being able to to work through that and just, you know, feeling so much angst and regret over it.

Eric Zimmer 00:11:06  I was just recording an intro for another show that will release sometime in the future, but this idea was in there. It was about desire and recognizing desire and looking at desire and saying like, am I willing to pay the price to recognize that desire? And in the cases where you realize, no, it’s a real relief to set those aside. And I was in it, I was sharing. Like for me, and I’ve shared this on the podcast before about when I started this podcast was about when playing in bands had wrapped up for me and I had this. I wanted to be in a band. I want to be in a band. I want to be.

Eric Zimmer 00:11:45  And it was always kind of there. And I looked at my life and I was like, the way I’m traveling and the fact that I want to do this podcast means that’s off the table, at least for now. And that turned out to be a relief. I mean, of course there’s some sadness over it, but it also turned out to be a relief because I wasn’t carrying this thing around, that I was feeling bad about myself for not doing. And I think this is to what you’re saying.

Chris Guillebeau 00:12:08  And it allows you to it allows you to fully develop this new creative outlet, right? And to really focus on it and do it well and like. And how many years has it been now? Right. Like when I talked eight years ago or something like 11 years, 11 years. It’s very rare. Of course, as you know, you know, for a podcast to continue so long and to grow, and I think it’s because you had to like let go of some other things, but you’re not letting go of all of your creativity.

Chris Guillebeau 00:12:32  I guess that’s the other point. It’s not like you’re like, oh, that was my creative life, and now I’m letting go of it. It’s your creative life develops, you know it develops, it changes, it evolves. And you could still be, you know, playing bands and doing that. And that’s fine. That’s like that’s another permutation. But, you found something. I would say it’s probably better you found an evolution in a transformation.

Eric Zimmer 00:12:53  Yeah. And there may be a time that I do that again when I’m not traveling so much. And so I think that’s the other thing often is season of life. Right. Recognizing what season of life are you in? Like my the editor and my best friend for the show, Chris, they recently adopted a baby, and he’s he’s my age. And so his season of life has just suddenly shifted dramatically. But recognizing that like, okay, the season of life I’m in right now looks very different than it does with me and my son, who’s 27, very, you know, very different seasons of life.

Chris Guillebeau 00:13:31  I think what you want in different seasons, your life changes what you bring to the table your capacity And I think a lot of people just don’t own this or they don’t recognize this. Maybe they’re kind of rebelling against the change. It’s uncomfortable. It’s like I’m used to doing it this way, or they just don’t always realize, like they don’t realize that the very, that very point about seasonality and lifespan. I mean, that was difficult for me. And I eventually kind of learned to accept you can kind of fight against it for a long time, but you’re not going to win. Right. Yeah. And so it is much better to be like, okay, you know, that’s I had these moments, I had these peak moments for a long time. And it’s really great that I had those moments. And I probably need to do something different. I’ll have some other peak moments or I’ll try something else, you know. So these are things I think, that are important to work through in life.

Multiple Speakers 00:14:39  So the book.

Eric Zimmer 00:14:40  Starts with more of addressing that daily routine part. This feeling that there’s just not enough time in the day. And there’s a couple different things that we can talk through. But I wanted to bring up the idea of time blindness. You’ve got a chapter that says time blindness hinders your sense of time. What is time blindness?

Chris Guillebeau 00:15:02  So time blindness is a condition that’s experienced by a lot of people with ADHD or another type of neurodivergent, but not exclusively like other people you know who might be more neurotypical can also experience this. Basically, it kind of refers to our inability to estimate how long something takes. And a lot of people think, oh, I’m really good at keeping up with time. But, you know, first of all, even if you are really good at keeping up with time, it’s not the best use of your cognitive attention. Like, we all have limited cognitive energy we can give, and there are clocks and timers and tools that are much, much better at keeping up with time.

Chris Guillebeau 00:15:36  So you can be thinking about lots of other things. But in addition, a lot of people are just like, we really struggle and I can say, include myself in this too, because I have ADHD. Like, we really struggle in like I’m going to just try to do one more thing, you know, before I run out the door to this meeting or to run this errand, and then we end up being inevitably late. Yeah. Or it’s like I’m working on a task and this task is going to take, you know, X amount of time, but actually it’s going to take a good bit more because I didn’t think about the tasks that precede the task or what else has to happen, or, you know, just the time to transition and all this. So basically, like we don’t estimate time. Well, and one of the best things you can do is to allow more time for transitions and allow more time to get somewhere or allow more time between meetings and commitments and such. And it just makes your life so much better.

Chris Guillebeau 00:16:21  It’s a very simple recommendation. I wrote a little manifesto for the book, and I had like my top ten recommendations, and I kind of put it at the top of like, allow 10 to 15 more minutes than you think you need for every task and for every transition. And if you do this, it’s going to make your life better. Because a lot of people, they really resist this idea of like adding extra time because they just feel like they’re losing something. You know, they’re like, what if I leave ten minutes early? What am I going to do with that? Like, I’ve wasted that time, you know? And the reality is, if you’re often late to things like a lot of people are, you’re probably not going to go from being like ten minutes late to always being ten minutes early. Most likely you’re just going to be on time, right? but even if you are a little bit early to things like, is that the worst thing in the world? You know, like, you know, bring a book, bring do something right.

Chris Guillebeau 00:17:07  Like, like you’re going to have a little bit of extra time. Mostly you’re going to feel better. So it’s mostly I should say it’s partly a strategy of like logistics and organizing your life. But I think it also is about relieving some of that stress that you feel, because if you’re constantly running behind, then it has a high cognitive cost.

Eric Zimmer 00:17:24  Yeah. As somebody who used to be a software project manager, I can tell you that it’s not just people who have ADHD who don’t know how long something’s going to take. It’s pretty quick. I mean, I just basically was always like at least double what they said, how long it was going to take. And then there were certain people that I knew, like, okay, you’re gonna probably have to 3 or 4 x that, like they just have no sense. And I think we want to be optimistic. You know, we’re always planning. I think a lot of the plans we make are based on best case, which rarely occurs. Sure.

Chris Guillebeau 00:17:57  And so one time, maybe one time, I did this task along, you know, and this long took. Right.

Eric Zimmer 00:18:03  So yeah. And the the extent that I use timers, alarms and calendars is amazing, I would be lost without them. Like, if I’ve got ten minutes. Like, say our call ended and I have another call in ten minutes. If I do not set a timer for ten minutes, I’ll start doing something and I’ll look up and I’ll be like, oh, well, I’m ten minutes late. Now, like again and again. It’s. And so I think when we recognize these things about ourselves. We can put systems in place that make it better. And there’s a lot of great recommendations in this book for that exact thing.

Chris Guillebeau 00:18:38  Yeah. That’s great. You found those systems that work for you. I imagine it’s made a big difference in your life, like doing those, installing those timers and setting up the countdowns and all those things.

Eric Zimmer 00:18:46  Yeah, it’s sort of also, like with my memory, I just realized I remembered so little, I was like, I just early in my life was like, it all has to go.

Eric Zimmer 00:18:54  It all has to be put in some storage keeping place. I think sometimes being really, really.

Multiple Speakers 00:19:02  Really bad at something.

Eric Zimmer 00:19:03  Causes you to develop systems faster than the people who are only a little bit bad at.

Chris Guillebeau 00:19:08  It. I think you’re absolutely right. Yep.

Eric Zimmer 00:19:11  What are time rules? You talk about time rules exist to serve you. You don’t exist to serve them.

Chris Guillebeau 00:19:18  Yeah. When I when I say that it’s like a chapter heading. It’s meant to be like a suggestion or an aspiration. Like our lives are governed by time rules, and some of these things are internalized at a young age. We grow up and we under like a certain environment with our parents or other family, and it’s like, this is what happens at certain times. You know, a dinner is usually served at this time, and it’s usually pretty consistent in whatever family. Or maybe it’s very inconsistent, but there’s usually some sort of like, this is how time operates in your life. And so you grow up and you don’t usually question that very much.

Chris Guillebeau 00:19:51  And then you might end up, you know, kind of developing these rules about time or also engagement with people about, you know, I have the rule that I must complete all of these things before I begin something else, or I have a rule. I respond to every email within an hour or within 24 hours or whatever. And so you have a lot of these things that are probably not very defined, like you’ve never written down, like you’re on my list of time rules, but nevertheless they affect your life in a lot of ways. So I think it’s very helpful to one identify like what are the time rules that you have been operating by? Where did those come from and are they currently helping you or serving you? You know, so in your case you might say like, well, I’m using timers to keep up with with things, you know, between different appointments and such. Is that serving you? Definitely. Like this is a good time rule for you. Yeah, right. But I think a lot of people, when they start thinking about this, they they notice some things that are not necessarily that helpful for them.

Chris Guillebeau 00:20:46  And if they could maybe let those go or develop some other time rule, then they might actually be better off. You know, and I always encourage people to like flip the script a little bit and think about what you really want to do and like. Speaking of priorities. Like what is most important to you? Not not what is most important to other people who have expectations for you? I’m not saying those things are irrelevant, but if you’re thinking about your life and how you want to spend it, you know what do you feel like you’re not giving attention to that you would like to? You know, it could be some hobby or some some personal development thing or something you want to learn or just practice or whatever it is, you know, and then, you know, is there a way you can start incorporating that a little bit more in your life, and can you set some time rules around that? And like, I’m going to do this thing before I do these other things. so it’s just kind of a way, like a little schematic of thinking about how you actually spend the hours of your day and trying to align them with your, your core motivations.

Chris Guillebeau 00:21:39  And something that I think is really important to keep in mind is like, if you don’t make these decisions for yourself, like if you don’t decide how you’re going to spend your time, most likely someone else is going to decide that for you, right? Like, if you don’t just make decisions throughout your life, like most likely you’re going to have a boss, you’re going to have a working environment. You might have a partner, a relationship, family, other people like the decisions will just end up being made. And maybe those some of those decisions are great and fine and comfortable and the same ones you would have made on your own. But most likely you probably make some different ones if you took more ownership and autonomy of it.

Multiple Speakers 00:22:11  You have a.

Eric Zimmer 00:22:12  Chapter on cognitive distortions. Why are cognitive distortions important in managing time? Anxiety?

Chris Guillebeau 00:22:21  Cognitive distortions are essentially beliefs that we end up internalizing that affect a lot of our behavior. And so we might experience this cognitive distortion of personalization, of feeling like either people are out to get us.

Chris Guillebeau 00:22:39  It’s not so much like paranoia like that, but just that we are a failure where other people are thinking poorly of us, other people are judging us all the time. You know, if we make a small mistake, it’s a disaster. All all is lost. And, you know, black and white thinking is another distortion, right? There’s a lack of nuance, you know, and so if you begin to kind of recognize this in yourself, and I can be a very rigid thinker, it’s something I’ve had to kind of work through and catastrophizing as well. Like, you know, everything is just terrible because one thing is not as amazing as I hoped, or I didn’t achieve the outcome that I wanted to with this one thing. Right? Yeah. Then once you begin to recognize that, then you can start to kind of tell yourself a different story. You know, and realize like, oh, okay, maybe it’s actually not that. You know, if I go out in the woods, I might not be attacked by a bear, right? Like, there’s there’s alternatives.

Chris Guillebeau 00:23:28  Like, other things could happen, you know? Yeah. and so I, we put this in the beginning of the book also, just because I think when I first wrote, I wrote like five drafts of this book. Like, I just kept writing and writing, which I wouldn’t necessarily recommend as an author. Like, I think 2 to 3 drafts is good.

Eric Zimmer 00:23:44  Good, good.

Chris Guillebeau 00:23:45  Yeah, yeah. if I knew how to get to the fifth one first, I would have done that. It’s not like I wanted to keep doing it. But the point is, I had a lot of, like, philosophy and, like, theory in the book. And I, as I kind of wrote draft to draft, I kind of removed a lot of that. I kept some of it, but like, I really wanted it to be very practical and to address what I think is a really deep emotional need that people have. And when people feel really stressed and distressed and overwhelmed, they don’t need philosophy or theory.

Chris Guillebeau 00:24:15  They need to know, like, how do I get out of this? Right? And so that’s why I wanted to talk about cognitive distortions early.

Eric Zimmer 00:24:22  Yeah, I really like that section. I have a phrase I use a lot, which is extreme language causes extreme emotions. And in there you have a section called Everything is Ruined, which is I just I just love that that phrase has that phrase has all sorts of problems in it. Right? Like everything is a cognitive distortion because you are a black and white thinking and then ruined your catastrophizing. I just think it’s one of those phrases, it’s all ruined.

Chris Guillebeau 00:24:51  You know, like we can all see that, that that thinking is problematic. You know, if our friend is doing it, it’s very easy to be like, hey, man, you know, like, let’s look at this a different way, you know? But when it happens to us, you know, then it’s it’s difficult. Like we have to kind of learn to do that.

Chris Guillebeau 00:25:09  I mean, I think this is, you know, I’m not the one who came up with this idea, but learning to speak to ourselves as we would to a friend is is pretty helpful advice. It makes a lot of sense. And you’re like, oh yeah, I wouldn’t actually talk to, you know, a friend who is struggling or suffering in this way. I wouldn’t just say, get your act together, you know, which is how I often speak to myself. There’s probably a more effective route to creating whatever the behavioral change or the change in my emotional state than just the tough love thing all the time.

Eric Zimmer 00:25:37  Right. I think the other part of that idea, talk to yourself like you would a friend that is so valuable is there’s this thing Ethan Cross from the University of Michigan talks about called Solomon’s Paradox, meaning I can be really wise when it comes to your problems. I’m terrible at my own, basically, like King Solomon was this way. Apparently he was very wise, but his own life was a train wreck, right? If you actually imagine what you would say to a friend, if you actually do that imaginative act of putting yourself in their shoes, not only are you kinder you.

Eric Zimmer 00:26:10  Sometimes you can sort of hedge around that Solomon’s paradox a little bit because that’s the thing we need. Often with cognitive distortions is we need a different voice in our head.

Chris Guillebeau 00:26:21  Yep. You have this tunnel vision thing, right? And so it’s just like you said, you need a different perspective review I like I ran a note about that. Solomon’s paradox. Yeah, well, Eric, I’ve never actually had any problems, but I’m glad.

Eric Zimmer 00:26:31  But you’re just assuming. Yeah. Sure. In my case, yes. I want to kind of go back, maybe to the beginning, because the first section of the book is to give yourself more time, which sounds kind of impossible. Where do we start with that idea of giving ourselves enough time? Because a lot of these things that we’re talking about, about prioritizing what’s important, about putting systems in place, about all these things, require some degree of time. And if we’re overwhelmed day to day, we feel like we can’t already keep up. How do we find time to do some of these other things?

Chris Guillebeau 00:27:10  They do require time, but I think they also require capacity and they also require the belief that this is possible.

Chris Guillebeau 00:27:18  I have to believe that I can be better, right? And then I need to have the capacity or the energies to somehow address that. If you start by telling people like you need to build systems into your life, I feel like that’s very it’s true. It’s interesting because it’s true, it’s true and it’s helpful, and yet it’s very off putting. Or at least it leaves people feeling kind of discouraged, you know, because they’re like, okay, you know, because, like, I’m just overwhelmed. What are these systems, you know, how do I do this? So I think one of the most important things you can do in your life is to give yourself the gift of time. There’s a cliche about time is the most precious resource, which is also true. It’s a cliche and it’s true. It’s the most precious resource. Yet we don’t really live that way so often, so frequently. So, so many of us. And so a really practical thing you should start with is just and I think everybody can do this and everybody probably, you know, I don’t want to say should, but I think it’s very helpful is to begin just noticing how you spend your time and just that’s that’s all you have to do, right? If you’re like, oh, I like this concept, but I don’t quite know what to do.

Chris Guillebeau 00:28:19  Just notice how you spend your time and do that this week. Like pay attention to how you spend your time and how you feel about it. Like as you’re going through the day and ask yourself, like, what is bringing me energy? Like good energy? What is draining my energy? In an ideal world, what would I like more of? What do I want to do less of? Who are the situations or the people that are, you know, positive for me and negative and just without even doing anything else, right? Like, you just start with this. And I think if you start with that, like you naturally begin making some other decisions and just kind of getting a little bit closer to like, whatever your desired truth is. And then to get more practical and you’re like, okay, like, how do I actually give myself the gift of time? So, you know, a few years ago decluttering was like a big thing. And like, I mean, it still is, but like, I’m going to go through my house and like, clean stuff up and tidy up my space.

Chris Guillebeau 00:29:10  And I think that’s helpful and fine and probably good. But again, if time is our most precious resource, then it’s not so much like our physical possessions that are stressing us out. It is our time commitments. So I have a little exercise about time decluttering. How can you like go through your calendar and like what have you been added to on your calendar that you could remove? Maybe you agreed to do something at some point and you need to be on that meeting. Do you need to do this thing like, you know, and so take a couple of things off, right. Start taking items off your calendar. Try to reduce the number of notifications you have on your phone and you close an inbox. A lot of us have multiple inboxes. We’ve got email. We’ve got social media, which all has direct messages. Maybe you have other means of contact and such. Can you close at least one of them down? I’m not saying you have to close yourself off to the world. It’s just like a little bit, right? What can we do when you start practicing these things? And I think that is helpful.

Chris Guillebeau 00:30:02  And then as you are like removing you kind of notice because you’re continuing to notice. How does this feel? Right? I’ve just cleared up a little bit of space before I put something else in that calendar appointment that I have have cleared. Let me just think about, like, what do I actually want to do? How do I want to to spend my time? And I think that’s an important place to start. And it gives you some confidence and capacity to think about the rest of the things.

Eric Zimmer 00:30:41  Yeah, I love that idea of just paying attention because there’s always that observer effect. Also, the minute you start observing something, you almost immediately start to improve it. I think in a lot of ways it just it just sort of starts to happen. There’s another part in there where you talk about an identity shift, and I really like this, you know, shifting from something like, I will always feel frazzled and overwhelmed to I’m a person who is figuring things out like that is a totally different reframe on where we are.

Chris Guillebeau 00:31:12  I want people to know that if they are distressed about like where the time is going and what am I doing with my life? All these questions, I think it’s really, really important to know that things can be better like that. You can make this identity shift, and the identity shift doesn’t mean that like every one of your life problems is solved. Like, of course not. But it does mean that that you know you can be better tomorrow than you are today. Like there’s something you can do now that will help your future self. I think if you don’t have that internalized belief, then you can feel really discouraged and even clinically depressed just because you’re, you know, like life is meaningless. Like, okay, well, life is meaningless, but in the meaninglessness, where can we find meaning? You know, I think that’s where we have to kind of get to.

Eric Zimmer 00:31:57  What I like about this book is it is hitting this thing from a couple of angles. So we recently created a four week email course called overwhelm is optional, which the entire point of the program.

Eric Zimmer 00:32:09  It’s not a time management course at all. It’s all a course about how do I relate to my full life as it is in a different way, so it feels less overwhelming. And it’s also really helpful to do things that improve your quote unquote, time management ability. And I think that’s what you’ve done really well in this book is you’ve hit both of those, you’ve hit like, here are some really practical things you can do, you know, steps you can take. And here are some ways of thinking about this problem differently so that you relate to it differently. And if you’ve got a problem that you can both partially solve and relate to better, you’ve come a long way.

Chris Guillebeau 00:32:52  Well, thank you for saying that. And your course sounds very helpful as well. I think, you know, for me, I wanted to address the psychological problem of feeling overwhelmed as opposed to the productivity problem or the how can I be more productive? And I think as a person who, like, read every productivity book and like really got into like all the methods and like every journal, you know, every bullet journal.

Chris Guillebeau 00:33:16  I got a variation. Yeah, exactly. I know, and I and I loved that. And I also kind of realized. Am I getting better at doing the wrong things? You know, I’m getting really good, very effective at doing the wrong thing or very efficient, I should say, at doing the wrong things or not always the wrong things. But like, I was constantly trying to, like, win this war of like, oh, I want to do all these things, and I want to be more communicative and more responsive to people and not let anybody down. And, well, that’s impossible in life. You’re going to let people down. Right. I feel like all of those methods and tools and tips and such, you know, they’re kind of predicated on this false promise, which is that you can do it all. And so I think it’s much more important, like as we started from the beginning, like, let’s accept that there’s a lot we can’t do. And in that acceptance there’s some grief and some sadness for sure.

Chris Guillebeau 00:34:03  But as we work through that and accept it, then we can probably get more excited about the things that we are able to like. You know, whatever limited control we have or autonomy or choice. You know, how are we going to spend that? And that’s that’s exciting. Once you can get through it.

Eric Zimmer 00:34:17  We talked earlier about competing priorities. You’ve got a chapter called Use Rules of Engagement to decide between competing requests. What are competing requests? Is that different than competing priorities. And how do we use rules of engagement to to sort that out?

Chris Guillebeau 00:34:33  Yeah. So rules of engagement kind of borrowed this from like a military concept of like, you know, how generals and armies and soldiers are supposed to engage, you know, in any kind of conflict. And there’s various rules about proportionality and there’s rules about, you know, who can strike first and, you know, all this kind of stuff. And so, like, we don’t have to stay on the military metaphor too much. But I like this idea of, like, okay, throughout our life or throughout our day to day.

Chris Guillebeau 00:35:00  Let’s just say we’re constantly encountering, you know, a lot of requests or demands or opportunities for our time, whether it’s somebody asking directly or it’s also just all the different distractions, you know, that we tend to encounter ourselves, especially with with being online. And so most of us tend to just kind of go through the day somewhat ad hoc, you know, and we have like a little bit of a schedule. We have some outline, but we don’t necessarily have a plan for how we respond to, like different requests and things that come up. And so maybe it’s helpful and you could do this very structured or rigid, like or not. Maybe it’s very loose to just think about what are the rules of engagement for how I spend my time. And, you know, if I have chosen to prioritize something, then, you know, what does that actually look like? So, you know, I talked to a couple of people who were like training for a marathon, for example. And so if they do that, they have like it’s going to require a certain blocks of time for the training, and it’s kind of non-negotiable.

Chris Guillebeau 00:36:02  Like, you can miss some training sessions, but you can’t miss too many of them. Like, you have to make this a big part of your life. And so maybe your rule of engagement is like, you do this, you know, first thing in the morning before anything else, or if that’s not possible for you. I think that one of the people I talked to, you know, she had to do her training, like after work. And so that was a little bit hard because she’s tempted to just like crash out after work and do other stuff. But she’s like, no, no, I have to kind of set this up in a way that there’s a show I like to watch, and I really enjoy that show. I don’t feel guilty about watching that show. I’m not going to immediately come home from work and like, go sit on the couch. I’m going to do my, you know, workouts first and then I’m going to switch to that. So that’s just one example.

Chris Guillebeau 00:36:39  But I think there’s lots of ways to think about, you know, setting up rules of engagement for yourself that that again serve you. It’s not just designed to like make you work harder. They need to like, serve your overall like interests.

Eric Zimmer 00:36:49  Do you have some for yourself?

Chris Guillebeau 00:36:51  Yeah. Do I have some for myself? I think one thing is I tend to do my best work in the mornings like my creative work. So I try to do like calls or conversations a little bit later. I try to like always, like when people ask for a call, I’m like, can we do it at this at this time? Like, these are times I’m available. I always work with lists. Like I constantly have a list next to me and I’m like, okay, I’m doing it. This is what I need to do. I’ve got three things I need to do today. What are those three things I’m going to feel good about myself if I get like, these three things done. There’s a lot of other stuff I would like to do.

Chris Guillebeau 00:37:23  But, you know, if I get to that, that’s great. Here are the things that I, that I need to do. And so I’m going to try to avoid, you know, too many distractions or other things until those things are done. It’s pretty common, I guess, but I also feel like it works.

Eric Zimmer 00:37:35  Yeah, yeah. One of mine is I generally can’t say yes to anything without consideration.

Chris Guillebeau 00:37:44  Okay. That’s great. Wow.

Eric Zimmer 00:37:45  Right. Because there’s a ton of things I want to say yes to. Like if you presented me an idea, if you’re like, Eric, why don’t you come hang out and we’ll go do this for two months? I’d be like, yes, because I want to spend time with you, I like you. That sounds great. Yeah. And I can’t consider those things outside the context of my life. I just in my brain, I’m like, I want to do it. Sounds fun. And I might already have nine other things to do that.

Eric Zimmer 00:38:12  Right. Or and so for me that’s been one is like even though I’m enthusiastic about something. Back to our point before not everything fits right. And so I have to look and be like okay, well I can’t do that and do that and do that. And so just learning to be like, I’m really interested, let me get back to you. As, like as a starting rule was like a rule of engagement.

Chris Guillebeau 00:38:33  That’s smart. I’ll make a suggestion for the listeners. Something that I’ve heard from a lot of people has been helpful. When you’re asked to do something that is far in advance, whether it’s a month in advance or three months or however long, we tend to say yes automatically just because it’s far in advance, you know? Right. Or we think, oh, this is okay. You know, maybe I want to go to this person’s wedding. You know, in three months or six months, or maybe it’s a work obligation. Or maybe it’s. It could be anything.

Chris Guillebeau 00:39:00  Right. And so we say yes. Not really thinking about our future self, you know, or like, like maybe my future self will want to do that. So then of course, like the time comes up and you’re like, oh, this is on my calendar, I don’t know. And then you’re like, should I go and not really enjoy it or do I back out? But I have to have that conversation. So to avoid a lot of that, it’s very helpful to think about future commitments as if they were happening like now, like tomorrow or the next day. You know, if somebody says you want to do this thing, imagine if it was coming up very soon in the near future. You know, would you say yes? And if you would, that’s great. Then you’re like, yeah, of course I would love to do that in three months or whatever. But if your answer is no, you know, the way you feel is probably not going to change. You know, over however much the time is, you’re still going to feel the same way.

Chris Guillebeau 00:39:44  So maybe now it’s like now you have an opportunity up front, not commit to that thing because, you know, okay, I’m not going to want it to do it later. So treat future obligations as if they were happening very soon. And I think that also creates long term. You’re buying yourself some time now and you are thinking more about your future self.

Eric Zimmer 00:40:00  That’s a really great idea. I think it’s also a really great idea, because we always assume that life in the future will be calmer. Right, right, right. Exactly right. We’re like, oh yeah, well, three months from now I’ll be past, you know. Oh, I’ll be past my book launch. Things will settle down that.

Chris Guillebeau 00:40:17  This is the time for this and this is oh, it’s the holidays. That’s it’s going to get things are always busy.

Eric Zimmer 00:40:21  Things are always. Exactly. Yeah. There’s always too much I want to talk about the reverse bucket list because you’ve put a lot of things in front of you, like, I want to do this, I want to do that right.

Eric Zimmer 00:40:32  Like you, you’re striving at things. But talk to me about the value of the reverse bucket list and how that’s been helpful for you personally.

Chris Guillebeau 00:40:40  Yeah. So I am a future oriented person, or at least that’s my default state. I’m always thinking about what’s next, and in some ways that’s fine and healthy in other ways. You know, I’m not really, you know, appreciating the present moment or reflecting on like, good things in my life that have already happened. So I should I should say first the reverse bucket list. It’s kind of exactly like it sounds. The bucket list that everybody’s familiar with is like all these things I want to do in my life one day, and I want to go to Portugal for five weeks, and I want to ride the hot air balloon and learn to speak French and all these things. And so Reverse Bucket List is looking back and like, what are the cool things I’ve already done? Yeah. And, you know, it’s a bucket list. It can be anything.

Chris Guillebeau 00:41:22  It’s like people often think about adventurous things and I think that’s helpful. But it could also be, you know, I made a really good relationship choice, you know, x number of years ago or something, or I was in a difficult spot and I found my way out of it. or. Yeah. Just anything that you are proud of. And when you look back. And so what I found when people do this as an activity, it’s like, just take some time and write down, you know, it’s been 15 minutes and write down the things you were proud of in your life that that you had some choice or decision making ability or some initiative you took to make those happen. People remember stuff that they have completely forgotten, and it’s usually like really big things in their life too, which is funny. You know, it’s just like they’re not thinking about those things. And so I think it’s just a way to to appreciate yourself more, to be more grateful for, you know, who you have allowed and enabled yourself to become.

Chris Guillebeau 00:42:11  And maybe it also helps you think a little bit about like, oh, you know, that was a good thing or a good feeling or a good, you know, sentiment or something. Maybe. Maybe I want more of that in my life. How can I get closer to to that when I did that thing, you know, when I was 20 or 30 or 15 or however old, like I want to do more of that. So for me it was very helpful just because, as I said, I’m always thinking about what’s to come. I don’t always like nostalgia. Sometimes I’m like distrustful of it. But when I did the reverse bucket list, I was like, oh, I have done a couple cool things, you know? That’s nice.

Eric Zimmer 00:42:43  Yeah. One of the things I love about your writing is it’s very practical. It’s also there’s a lot of self-reflection in it. And one of the sections that really caught me was you sort of describing how for years you were I mean, you said a goal to visit every country in the world, right? So that’s a pretty itinerant type lifestyle.

Eric Zimmer 00:43:06  And how you did that for a while. And then life sort of switched and you sort of stayed in one place and did the same thing a lot. Like, I don’t know how many podcast episodes you did, you probably did more podcast episodes in like three years than I did in like 11 or something. Right? Then how you found yourself on the other side of that kind of thinking back to that you that used to do more things right? And I love this idea of sort of shifting between these things. Can you talk a little bit for you? Because this is a problem I have with me. It’s balancing novelty and and the future and all these things that we’re talking about, along with the ability to be present, to be consistent, to be here alive now. And I sense that in that section from you, that challenge.

Chris Guillebeau 00:43:51  Yeah. I mean, I think there’s just a there’s a creative tension to it. And I don’t know if it’s balanced that we’re all seeking, you know, like balance is like balance feels very mid, you know, I mean it feels very like like I want to live on the edge, you know.

Chris Guillebeau 00:44:05  But maybe, maybe it’s the edge that changes. Like I want to live on the edge. But what that looks like is different you know over over time. And yeah, I mean, I’ve tried to think about, you know, how you framed that question. And I was just kind of remembering. I was like, oh, yeah, I was doing all those countries. And then the podcast and, and also the podcast I was doing was very simple. It’s not like these in-depth conversations like you’re doing. Just to be clear, I was doing like very short episodes. I guess some of it is a grass is greener thing. Some of it is like, oh, when I’m doing this, then I missed this. You know, I think another part of it is I personally am comfortable having a portfolio of things that I do, and I’m not a kind of person that’s like, this is my niche, this is my lane. I have to do this. I have a number of good friends who have been very, very successful, you know, in writing books or in life or in work or business by saying like, this is my narrow topic and I’m going to and I think that’s admirable for people who have that bent.

Chris Guillebeau 00:45:00  But for me, I’m, I’m not that. And so for, you know, whatever fulfillment I have tends to be and like following something for a while and going deep with it and hopefully connecting it to other things. So it’s not completely out of left field, but it’s not going to be the same thing that I’ve been doing before, or else I’m just going to end up feeling kind of, I don’t know, bored or kind of stuck and not challenged. I do want to be challenged. I guess that’s part of it.

Eric Zimmer 00:45:25  The other thing that you’ve been doing is writing a really good Substack called A Year of Mental Health, which I encourage people to check out. You’ve been doing a post with three times a week about mental health for the last year.

Chris Guillebeau 00:45:38  Yep. It’s a little bit of my own journey and such. And then also other people’s experiences and just trying to provide some tools and activities for reflection.

Eric Zimmer 00:45:46  So what are the posts on there? Recently that I saw was about this very thing.

Eric Zimmer 00:45:50  It was about specialists and and and generalists. And in it you make sort of the point, like if you’ve read this far, you’re not a specialist, right?

Chris Guillebeau 00:45:59  I think most people are not. I think most of us are not.

Eric Zimmer 00:46:02  I agree. I mean, on one hand, you could say I’ve been in the same lane for all this time and the show’s broad enough to allow me to sort of pull on a bunch of different threads to me, within reason. Sure. So today, what’s your process of thinking about, like, here’s what I want to do next year, or here’s what I want to do over three years. Like, how are you walking through that, knowing that being a generalist means there’s there’s a bunch of different places and directions you could go.

Chris Guillebeau 00:46:34  Well, first I have a comment on what you mentioned about your show. Like you’ve been able to go on a different, you know, go pull on a few different threads and such. Well, a lot of different threads, but yet it’s still somewhat connected.

Chris Guillebeau 00:46:44  I think that’s really key. I think choosing the right theme was really critical for you, right? And you chose a theme that is is deliberately broad, yet it also means something. And I think that that was the key. And so I encourage people to like if you’re trying to figure it out, like I’ve got this thing and this thing and this thing, it’s like what unites these things? Like what brings them together. And so that’s like when I started the blog the Art of nonconformity long ago, it was kind of like that. It was like, oh, I’m interested in this. Like the tagline is like unconventional strategies for life, work and travel, which is like the opposite of a niche, right? It’s like life, work and travel. It’s like everything, you know, right? Yeah, right. Hopefully there’s like a controlling idea there. You know, the controlling idea. I borrowed that phrase from Don Miller. He’s really good about this. you know, it’s like, what is it that you want people to take away? And for me, it was like, you don’t have to live your life the way other people expect.

Chris Guillebeau 00:47:37  Within that framework we can do a lot, you know, but yet it’s also, you know, we can go in different directions. So as for how I decide, I think at this point, how do I decide? I mean, I there are certain mediums that I like. I love writing books. I’m excited about your book. Next spring, make sure you give me a galley. I would love to see it in advance. We can help. I love writing books. That’s a medium that I have been with for a while. I like doing events. I have a new event that I started earlier this year and I’m doing round two next year. It’s all about bringing neurodivergent people together, and so there’s a lot of planning that goes with that. So that like these kind of cycles, they tend to take up a lot of space in a good way. I don’t know, I try to leave room for like 1 or 2 other big things each year, and it’s not always super strategic.

Chris Guillebeau 00:48:25  I don’t know, like you said, three years, I’m not sure three years from now what those things will be. Yeah, I guess I think in like a 1 to 2 year cycle. And I do like a little bit of an annual review every December where I’m looking back on my year and looking ahead. And what does this month look like? What does this month look like? Okay. I have a book coming out, so I’m doing book tours. Okay. This is event season. Oh, this is like a little down space so I can use that time. There’s like 60 days here where I can, you know, build some other creative project. And it’s not like I’m doing nothing else. Like there’s still like, you know, probably 20 hours a week. That’s kind of consistent throughout the year. But then I try to have this, like good block of time. That kind of varies a little bit.

Eric Zimmer 00:49:04  You have a chapter title that I think is funny. Be right back.

Eric Zimmer 00:49:08  I’m just going to disappear and never return.

Chris Guillebeau 00:49:11  What is what’s that about?

Eric Zimmer 00:49:13  What’s that about? I mean, I think we all relate to it on some level. You hear it and you’re like, oh yeah, okay.

Chris Guillebeau 00:49:17  Well, right. I think it’s about avoidance and I feel like I should do another book. Like all on avoidance.

Eric Zimmer 00:49:23  Yes.

Chris Guillebeau 00:49:24  Just. Yeah.

Eric Zimmer 00:49:25  Yes.

Chris Guillebeau 00:49:26  Just because I think I began that chapter, you know, talking about these stories of people, there was a British man who was facing this prison sentence for fraud. And so obviously he’s going to prison. That’s a big deal. But it wasn’t like a life sentence, you know, it was like relatively minor. And he pretended to be in a coma to avoid going to prison. And his his act was so good that he actually was hospitalized. I think it was for like more than ten days and was convincing, you know, to doctors and nurses. I don’t even know how you would do that. Right.

Chris Guillebeau 00:49:58  But and he was eventually caught like a few weeks later. He’s like shopping, you know, on CCTV. But basically he went, you know, to such extreme effort to, you know, avoid something. And obviously that was a negative thing he was avoiding. But still. So I haven’t faked my own death. There’s other stories about people faking their death to like, you know, avoid stuff. So I haven’t done that, but I have been pretty good at avoiding things and like difficult conversations or things I should do. Or there’s a story I think about, like when I was really young and I started this business and I hated talking on the phone. I was so bad at talking on the phone. Like phone anxiety is actually a real thing. I don’t know if I had that, but I just, you know, if I had to make a phone call, I would have to psych myself up for like 20 minutes. I’d be, like, holding the phone and just practicing like a script, you know? And these are not for difficult conversations.

Chris Guillebeau 00:50:45  This is just like a normal, like, I don’t know, sort of sales process, but not even like a cold call. It’s like somebody wanted to talk to me about something. It was very hard. And so sometimes there was one time when somebody wanted to buy something and I just all they wanted was a phone call and I couldn’t do it, you know, I couldn’t do it. So this is a little bit of a long story, but I guess what I was coming to is like, this chapter is about how avoiding things I mean, not maybe not like a mind blowing revelation, but the more you avoid, the more space it takes up in your brain. And if you can find ways of compelling yourself to make progress, then you will feel better. And so one of those ways we talked about the reverse bucket list. I also have a to dread list, which is like all the things I am dreading. And it’s like, oh, I need to do. I need to send this email.

Chris Guillebeau 00:51:26  I need to make this call. there’s this, you know, technical tool that I’ve been paying for for two years that I don’t need. I need to go and cancel it, but they’re going to make me jump through some hoop, you know? So I need to like, do so. Making it to dread list and working through that list is very helpful.

Eric Zimmer 00:51:43  Yeah, avoidance is really such a profoundly bad strategy and yet such a completely compelling approach. Right? I think, you know, it’s just it just makes a lot of sense. And, you know, the more that we avoid, the thing gets bigger and bigger in our mind. I’ve got to talk about, like, rules of engagement or I have a rule I don’t I don’t follow it perfectly. But the general rule is if I’ve decided that something needs to be done that I really don’t want to do, the decision point is over. Yeah, I try and do it as fast as I can because I’m going to carry the dread all that time.

Eric Zimmer 00:52:27  If I just do it, it’s gonna it’s gonna suck. Either way, I also ask myself, like, are you ever going to want to do this? And if the answer is no, never. Because we get into that, like, I’ll feel more like it. Or maybe right if I’m never, ever going to want to do it, the sooner the better, because I just minimize the total units of suffering that go into that thing. But it’s really hard.

Multiple Speakers 00:52:52  It’s hard.

Chris Guillebeau 00:52:53  It’s great. I mean, I think it’s great that you’ve been able to like, do that. I mean, I think that’s one of those things. I hear that and I’m like, oh, I love that. I wish, I want to do that. Will I do it? I don’t know if I.

Multiple Speakers 00:53:02  Will.

Chris Guillebeau 00:53:03  Because to go back to the time anxiety, we can always feel the time with something always, you know.

Multiple Speakers 00:53:08  Yeah.

Chris Guillebeau 00:53:08  So it’s very easy to just okay, I need to do that and I’m going to do that.

Chris Guillebeau 00:53:13  Like I’m going to do that. Right. You’re telling yourself this, I will do that thing. But I also have these other things. Let me just do these other things. And then you just it never happens. I’ll do it tomorrow. I’ll do it tomorrow, you know.

Eric Zimmer 00:53:21  Yeah. It’s funny also because you talk about this idea in the book, friction loops in these loops, and I want to get to that in just a second. But so many of these things that I end up putting off that then cause avoidance and dread, it’s because there’s some friction in them. Right. Like picking up the phone is, is some degree if there’s just enough friction in it, even if it’s not a bad thing or returning a package to the UPS store, there’s just enough friction. I can’t tell you how many things I’ve initiated the online return, and I never take it to the thing. And then.

Multiple Speakers 00:53:57  I actually.

Eric Zimmer 00:53:58  Months later, I’m like, well, oh boy, it’s too late now.

Multiple Speakers 00:54:01  Right.

Chris Guillebeau 00:54:02  Right. And yeah, sorry to interrupt. I was just thinking, you know, friction. I feel like companies these days deliberately introduce friction into the process to make it harder to return packages. Right. And, yes, technically, there’s a return policy, and technically it is. You know, you can do it, but, you know, the more roadblocks they set up, they understand that the breakage will be higher and fewer people will actually return. And so it’s part of like in acidification, you know, in the digital age. So we want to move beyond. So we have friction loops in our life. And you know, what can we do to set up these loops, which is like what’s the opposite of a friction loop? What makes it easy for me to do this thing? Like, you know, we can identify all the things that are in the way of this thing, but what would it be like to create a process that actually makes it easy and simple for me to do it relatively?

Eric Zimmer 00:54:46  And so in the book, what are you focusing on with friction loops or ease loops? What is an example of a.

Eric Zimmer 00:54:53  I guess we just gave an example of a friction loop, but what’s an ease loop look like in comparison?

Chris Guillebeau 00:54:58  I think it could be as simple as like, you know, what is the the one thing I can do at the start of the day, you know, to begin the day, well, what is the task? And let’s not make it too many tasks. Let’s just say the one thing that will be helpful. What is a way that will help me settle into creative work? If you’re doing some kind of deep creative work, like what are the rituals you need to set up to, you know, to guide yourself into that? Maybe it’s like turning off the notifications on your phone. Maybe it’s making coffee or tea or, you know, making sure you have water. You know, whatever that looks like for you. I think if you design your life around, if you understand that life is about friction and ease and like, where can you create more ease in the things that you want to do, especially the things that could be difficult? You know, whether it’s the things you’re dreading or just the work that requires more than just your immediate attention, that work that requires you to kind of focus for a longer period of time.

Chris Guillebeau 00:55:49  How can you create ease?

Eric Zimmer 00:55:51  Do you happen to have the book handy?

Chris Guillebeau 00:55:52  I do, I have it right here.

Eric Zimmer 00:55:54  Okay. Can I ask you to read a section?

Multiple Speakers 00:55:57  Sure.

Chris Guillebeau 00:55:57  Nobody’s ever done.

Multiple Speakers 00:55:58  That.

Eric Zimmer 00:55:58  Okay, we’re gonna wrap up, but I would love to have you read the ending of the book, because I think it’s a very realistic and yet hopeful view of our relationship with time.

Multiple Speakers 00:56:11  Thank you.

Chris Guillebeau 00:56:11  Eric, and thank you for this wonderful conversation as well. I’m a big fan of the show and it’s great to be back. So thanks to all the listeners for listening. You suspected there wasn’t enough time for everything and you were right. This knowledge can be your advantage, your secret strength. If you keep it close to your heart, honoring its truth, it can bring you peace in the midst of overwhelm. It can help you remember that it’s okay to not do it all, because in fact, such a goal is impossible. And trying to do everything is what is stressing you out.

Chris Guillebeau 00:56:40  This cycle will not magically resolve itself, so you need to step in and put it to risk. But just as there is not time for everything, there is still time for so much. There is time for risks, leaps and adventures. There is time to advance, retreat, regroup. The days that lie ahead of you are filled with possibilities. There is time for big ideas. There is still time for dreaming. There is time to walk outside and look up at the sky. There is time to celebrate the miracle of everyday living. There is time to get closer to the people you love. There is time to love someone new. There are still figs on the tree waiting for you to select them. Above all, there is time for choosing. Truly. There is time for a life well lived.

Eric Zimmer 00:57:24  That’s beautiful. I think I’ll just end it right there with that beautiful and hopeful message. Chris, thank you so much. It’s such a pleasure to have you back on again, and I really enjoyed the book.

Eric Zimmer 00:57:36  We’ll have links in the show notes to the book. We’ll have links to your Substack, your mental health and the other places people can find you online.

Multiple Speakers 00:57:43  Awesome. Thank you so much.

Eric Zimmer 00:57:44  Thank you so much for listening to the show. If you found this conversation helpful, inspiring, or thought provoking, I’d love for you to share it with a friend. Share it from one person to another is the lifeblood of what we do. We don’t have a big budget, and I’m certainly not a celebrity. But we have something even better. And that’s you just hit the share button on your podcast app, or send a quick text with the episode link to someone who might enjoy it. Your support means the world, and together we can spread wisdom one episode at a time. Thank you for being part of the One You Feed community.

Filed Under: Featured, Podcast Episode

The Science of Getting Unstuck: When to Keep Going and When to Let Go with Adam Alter

January 16, 2026 Leave a Comment

science of getting unstuck
Watch on YouTube
Listen on Spotify
Listen on Apple Podcast

If you’re feeling overwhelmed and don’t have the luxury of doing less, Overwhelm Is Optional offers simple tools you can use in under ten minutes a day. Learn more at oneyoufeed.net/overwhelm

In this episode, Adam Alter discusses the science of getting unstuck and learning to know when to keep going or when to let go. He explores why people get stuck in areas like work, creativity, and personal growth, and discuss the psychological and cultural factors behind feeling stuck. Adam also shares practical strategies for getting unstuck, such as breaking big goals into smaller steps, embracing curiosity, and taking action – even imperfectly. The conversation highlights the importance of acceptance, mindset shifts, collaboration, and self-compassion in overcoming plateaus and sparking breakthroughs.

Exciting News!!! Coming in March, 2026, my new book, How a Little Becomes a Lot: The Art of Small Changes for a More Meaningful Life is now available for pre-orders!


Key Takeaways:

  • Exploration vs. Exploitation: The two-step process for achieving creative breakthroughs.
  • The concept of “stuckness” in various life aspects, including creativity, work, and relationships.
  • Psychological vs. physical stuckness and the emotional toll it takes.
  • Cultural differences in perceptions of change and stuckness (Eastern vs. Western perspectives).
  • The importance of acceptance and mindset in overcoming feelings of being stuck.
  • Strategies for breaking large goals into manageable tasks to maintain motivation.
  • The “plateau effect” and how to navigate periods of stalled progress.
  • The role of curiosity in fostering creativity and challenging the status quo.
  • The significance of action and starting small to overcome inertia.
  • The impact of physical movement and changing environments on mental clarity and creativity.

Adam Alter is a Professor of Marketing at New York University’s Stern School of Business and the Robert Stansky Teaching Excellence Faculty Fellow, with an affiliated appointment in the New York University Psychology Department. Adam has also written for the New York Times, New Yorker, Washington Post, Atlantic, WIRED, Slate, Huffington Post, and Popular Science, among other publications. He has shared his ideas on NPR’s Fresh Air, at the Cannes Lions Festival of Creativity, and with dozens of companies, including Google, Microsoft, Anheuser Busch, Prudential, and Fidelity, and with several design and ad agencies around the world. Adam’s academic research focuses on judgment and decision-making and social psychology, with a particular interest in the sometimes surprising effects of subtle cues in the environment on human cognition and behavior. His research has been published widely in academic journals, and featured in dozens of TV, radio and print outlets around the world.

Connect with Adam Alter: Website | Twitter | Facebook

If you enjoyed this conversation with Adam Alter, check out these other episodes:

How to Create Emotional Agility with Susan David

Thomas Sterner on How to Be Fully Engaged

By purchasing products and/or services from our sponsors, you are helping to support The One You Feed and we greatly appreciate it. Thank you!

This episode is sponsored by:

David Protein bars deliver up to 28g of protein for just 150 calories—without sacrificing taste! For a limited time, our listeners can receive this special deal: buy 4 cartons and get the 5th free when you go to www.davidprotein.com/FEED

Aura Frames: For a limited time, save on the perfect gift by visiting AuraFrames.com /FEED to get $35 off Aura’s best-selling Carver Mat frames – named #1 by Wirecutter –  by using promo code FEED at checkout. This deal is exclusive to listeners, and frames sell out fast,  so order yours now to get it in time for the holidays!

patreon

If you enjoy our podcast and find value in our content, please consider supporting the show. By joining our Patreon Community, you’ll receive exclusive content only available on Patreon!  Click here to learn more!!

Episode Transcript:

Automatically Transcribed With Podsqueeze

Adam 00:00:00  More often. People quit too soon, so they stop things too soon. That doesn’t mean you shouldn’t say, all right, I’m done with this thing. I should move on. And it’s great to try new things. But I think our tendency is to say, this got hard, and I’m just going to abandon it.

Chris Forbes 00:00:20  Welcome to the one you feed. Throughout time, great thinkers have recognized the importance of the thoughts. We have quotes like garbage in, garbage out or you are what you think ring true. And yet for many of us, our thoughts don’t strengthen or empower us. We tend toward negativity, self-pity, jealousy, or fear. We see what we don’t have instead of what we do. We think things that hold us back and dampen our spirit. But it’s not just about thinking our actions matter. It takes conscious, consistent, and creative effort to make a life worth living. This podcast is about how other people keep themselves moving in the right direction. How they feed their good wolf.

Eric Zimmer 00:01:05  Here’s a sneaky thing about getting unstuck. The moment it starts feeling difficult is often the moment we assume we’ve hit a wall. Adam Alter causes the creative cliff illusion. The idea that your best ideas should come first. And if they don’t, you might not have what it takes. But the research suggests the opposite. The obvious stuff comes out early. The interesting stuff shows up after you push through the hard part. We talk about how to get rid of the middle by breaking big goals into smaller brackets. How to recognize plateaus without panicking, and how to tell the difference between quitting too soon and moving on wisely. I’m Eric Zimmer and this is the one you feed.

Eric Zimmer 00:01:52  Hi Adam, welcome to the show.

Adam 00:01:54  Thanks very much for having me.

Eric Zimmer 00:01:55  I’m happy to have you on. We’re going to be discussing your book, anatomy of a Breakthrough How to Get Unstuck When it Matters the Most. But before we get into that, we’ll start, like we always do with the parable. And to read the parable is my co-host, Ginny, who is here?

Ginny 00:02:09  Yes.

Ginny 00:02:10  Hello, everybody. Hi, Adam. Hi, Ginny. So the parable goes like this. There’s a grandparent talking with their grandchild, and they say, in life, there are two wolves inside of us who are always at battle. One is a good wolf, which represents things like kindness and bravery and love, and one is a bad wolf, which represents things like greed and hatred and fear. And the grandchild stops and thinks about it for a second, looks up at their grandparent and says, well, which one wins? And the grandparent says, the one you feed. So I’d love to know how that parable applies to you in your life and in the work you do.

Adam 00:02:45  So I think all of my work, all of my research work at least, has been an attempt to understand those two competing forces and the fact that they drive us in opposite directions. And a lot of that, it turns out, is, I think, out of our control. And so then the question is, how do we manage whatever has guided us in either the right direction or the wrong direction? And so all of my books, a lot of my research is about how we spend our time, money and other resources to maximize our own welfare and the welfare of people around us.

Adam 00:03:13  So it’s really a matter of feeding the right wolf is the way that I think a lot of my research has been geared.

Ginny 00:03:18  Yeah.

Eric Zimmer 00:03:19  So I think that this idea of competing forces getting pulled one direction or the other is the primary challenge. But there’s often after that or maybe embedded in that, the challenge of being stuck. It’s what the new book is about. It’s about places where we get stuck. And I was wondering if first you could describe to us what that word means to you when you say stuck, what are you referring to?

Adam 00:03:44  Yeah, I think there are, broadly speaking, two kinds of stuck. One stuck is there’s a pandemic and I can’t get to where I want to get to. You know, a few years ago that was an issue for a lot of us. And there’s not much you can do about that. There are quarantine laws that prevent you from leaving a certain area and you’re stuck. That’s not all that interesting to me. I think that happens from time to time.

Adam 00:04:02  There are constraints financial, political, whatever. But what’s interesting to me is that the vast majority of stuckness, when we feel like we can’t move forward, is actually within our control. And so I’ve spent a lot of time trying to devise a sort of manual or set of rules that you can apply to lots of situations where where we as individuals might feel stuck, and then you can sort of unpack those rules and then apply them to whatever this particular instance of stuckness is. And it’s very broad. It can be financial stuckness. It can be stuck trying to find a creative idea and you can’t get there. It could be that you’re stuck at work, stuck in relationships. There are just tons of different contexts where it comes up. I ran a survey with thousands of people around the world and said, can you think of an instance or an area of your life in which you’re stuck? Everyone could took them an average of 10s to do it. They all said, this makes me feel terrible. It consumes me.

Adam 00:04:52  I really want to work it out. And the breadth and diversity of responses was incredible. So it’s a very broad concept.

Ginny 00:04:58  Yeah, it’s really broad and it’s really painful and difficult when you’re there. I mean, it is a sense of wanting to move forward, but doubting yourself and doubting that you have what it takes. You’re doubting that you can, you know, it feels overwhelming, it feels like an invisible wall, and you just don’t know how to break through.

Adam 00:05:16  Yeah, I think it’s very overwhelming. And what’s really interesting about stuckness is I’ve been fascinated with the difference between being physically stuck and being psychologically stuck. And I focus on the psychological side. Humans are really well designed to be physically stuck. We do all sorts of things that are very adaptive. We develop huge amounts of strength. You’re adrenaline pumps. You do all sorts of things that get you unstuck pretty fast most of the time. There are these stories in the news every now and again of someone who lifts a car to free themselves physically.

Adam 00:05:43  The problem is, all of those instincts that are great in that context do exactly the opposite when you’re psychologically stuck. They get you into a kind of tizzy, and then you can’t think rationally. You are just overwhelmed with emotion. And it’s very, very hard to make steps forward. So really figuring out the emotional part is the first part of moving past that sense of being completely overwhelmed.

Ginny 00:06:03  Yeah. One of the things I think is so powerful in your book is that the point that you start off with, which is that, like, not only the first rule is, is that you will get stuck. This is an inevitability and it’s universal. You know, you talk about how the first step is to accept, you know, the fact that you’re stuck. And I think just naming that and normalizing it is powerful because at least for me, when I’m stuck, the first thing I do is make it mean something, and I make it mean that I can’t do this right. I make it mean that I don’t have what it takes.

Ginny 00:06:30  I make it mean that, you know, I’m sort of fated to this place for the rest of my life. And forward motion is just not in the cards, you know? So I think that’s really powerful. In fact, as a side note, you talk about acceptance. And in your book you talk about Tara Brock. She’s a teacher that I have learned so much from.

Adam 00:06:46  She’s amazing.

Ginny 00:06:46  She’s amazing. She was the teacher I turned to actually, almost daily in the most difficult years, caring for my mom with Alzheimer’s. The wisdom she shares and specifically around acceptance is transformational.

Adam 00:06:59  Yeah, I totally agree. I mean, I think one of the really interesting things about Tara Brock’s work is the marriage of the East and West. And I’ve done a lot of research into how the East and the West, people in those cultural areas think about different topics, and one of them is how we think about being stuck. So in the West, if you ask people in the US and Australia and Britain, in Canada and New Zealand, you ask them, say we’ve had three sunny days in a row, what’s going to happen tomorrow? And they say, oh, it’s going to be sunny again.

Adam 00:07:26  We’re in a sunny patch. Or you say, you know the economy’s not doing so well. What’s going to happen tomorrow? They say, oh yeah, we’re in a rough patch. But if you ask people in the East China, South Korea, Japan, the same question, you say it’s been sunny for three days. They say, oh, tomorrow it’s probably going to rain or it’s been rainy for three days. It’s probably going to be sunny tomorrow. They are very open to the idea that things are going to shift constantly. as part of Daoism, the yin yang, that sense of balance from day to night, the seasons shift. We find that sort of hard to grapple with in the West. Yeah, and I think that makes us really poorly positioned for being stuck, because it feels like things should have kept going the way they were going, whatever that meant. You know, if things were going smoothly, they should keep doing that. But that’s, as you say, not the way the world works.

Adam 00:08:08  And so being prepared for it is, I think, the first step in managing it.

Ginny 00:08:11  That’s fascinating. I did not realize there was a difference eastern culture versus Western. I mean, the other thing I know I do is every time I’m feeling blue or, you know, grumpy, depressed, whatever, it’s like I’m always going to feel this way.

Adam 00:08:22  Right, exactly. It feels like it’s going to last forever. And it’s a big part of the way we think of the West in particular.

Eric Zimmer 00:08:27  There’s a lot to go into there, but I think I’ll keep us moving because that could be a deep rabbit hole. But I’m fascinated by it, and I’m fascinated particularly that you yourself have done some of that research because as I hear about those type of cultural differences a lot, and then I’m always sort of like, I don’t want to assume that that’s necessarily true in all cases. But it’s interesting that you’ve done that research fairly recently, I assume?

Adam 00:08:48  Yeah, that was some of my research as a grad student, and I’ve kept up with it.

Adam 00:08:51  So this was probably 15 years ago and it’s still been bubbling along. And I think it inspired a lot of what made this book interesting to me. So it’s been there for a while.

Eric Zimmer 00:08:59  Do you think that as many of the eastern countries are, by many accounts, becoming more westernized, that that is shifting? And I know I’m asking an opinion here, or do you think that’s deeply embedded enough culturally, that even though they may be coming more westernized in certain ways, that some of those philosophical underpinnings are strong enough to withstand that?

Adam 00:09:21  I think it’s a bit of both. I think that there are some deep philosophical ideas that aren’t shifting all that much that will continue. The idea of collectivism in the East versus individualism in the West is a really big one, and that seems to still be quite a big difference between the cultures. But you’re right. You know, as you as you introduce more Western ideas to the East, things shift a little bit. And that’s actually what a lot of my research was about in those early days.

Adam 00:09:43  It was about the shifting nature of cultural ideas and whether there might be a coming together of those disparate cultures that they’re starting to look a little bit more like each other. And that’s that’s what I found.

Eric Zimmer 00:09:53  Well, and we can see it in the West, right? I mean, with the huge amount of people who’ve turned to meditation and mindfulness and all that, right? Those are ideas that are pretty well imported and have really seeped into our Western culture in a pretty deep way. I think they could go a lot further and it would still be beneficial, but compared to 15 or 20 years ago, it’s radically different.

Adam 00:10:15  Yeah, I agree, and I think a big part of what’s pushing us in this direction, where we aren’t maybe great at dealing with change, is the rise of science and advanced medicine, because what that’s doing is it’s showing us that we have the ability to overcome certain things that maybe historically, we felt were beyond our control. So the fact that there are incredible scientific and medical advances tells us something about our dominion over the world.

Adam 00:10:35  And I think that gives us this sort of sense that we have a command that perhaps we don’t really have more broadly. And so we over generalize that. And when we get personally stuck, we’re sort of blindsided by it. Yeah. Yeah.

Eric Zimmer 00:10:48  One of the ideas that goes into this sense that everybody gets stuck is, as Jenny was sort of saying, it’s really helpful to know, because then it’s not my own personal failing. And the corollary to that, that you talk about that I really like is that when we struggle, we just see how hard it is for us. And we look at other people and we think, well, it’s not so hard for them. You know, we were talking about this in regards to writing a book. Right. Right. Before before we start talking. And it’s like, well, when you’re in the middle of struggling with the writing, you think, oh God, I’m not any good at this. And then you pick up a book and read somebody who is good and you’re like, it just must come easy to them.

Eric Zimmer 00:11:25  Yeah. Because we don’t see their struggle.

Adam 00:11:28  Yeah, exactly. It’s one of the things I found in the survey that I ran that everyone says they’re stuck, but they I think no one else is stuck. And I think it’s because what we see in the world is the finished product, whether it’s on social media platforms where everything is curated, whether it’s the finished book rather than all the drafts that went into it. You know, a book can be 25, 30, 40, 50 years of work, and what you end up getting is the perfected, final polished version. And I actually begin the book by talking about the actress Brie Larson, who was unusually transparent about this. She released a two part video in YouTube, basically saying, I’m going to tell you all the auditions that didn’t work out, all of the casting calls that didn’t work out. And that’s really disarming, because I think we spend so much time imagining that someone who wins an Academy Award for Best Actress had it smoothed all the way through.

Adam 00:12:11  Yeah. And that’s overwhelming if you see too many of those exemplars over time. And so it’s really nice to know that that’s not the case.

Eric Zimmer 00:12:17  Yeah. And I think this idea back to what we’re talking about around where in the West we think things are a little bit more permanent. Right. It’s kind of the opposite of what Carol Dweck famously coined the growth mindset. Right. Which is this sense, like, if I’m not good at something, then I’m just not good at it and that’s it. Whereas, Jenny, you were referencing this and what we’re talking about in general is to get unstuck. I would assume part of it is the belief that I can get unstuck, that I can make progress.

Adam 00:12:48  It’s a huge part of it. I spend a huge chunk of the beginning of the book talking about exactly this, that the first step in getting unstuck is understanding what it is, what it means to be stuck, and grappling with the emotional consequence of feeling stuck. And I think having a growth mindset, believing you can change things will shift.

Adam 00:13:03  You can improve, you can learn skills, you can apply skills is a huge part in ultimately getting unstuck. And so this isn’t just a book that says, you know, here are ten strategies. It’s also a book that says, let’s kind of marinate in being stuck and accept that this is the way the world is. It’s going to happen again. You may as well accept it. And once you accept it, you’re that much closer to getting through it.

Ginny 00:13:22  When you say accept it, just to double click on that for a second. And you mean not to say you like it, not to say that you embrace it and hope that that it’s the case forever. You just mean to potentially, I’m assuming, like stop sort of fighting the fact that it’s there.

Adam 00:13:38  Exactly. I mean, to accept that it’s occurred rather than denying it. Yeah, because I think that’s our first instinct. A lot of the time is to kind of push it off, ignore it. Don’t grapple with it.

Adam 00:13:46  You have to do something to get past it. And so you don’t want to accept it. It’s here permanently. But by accepting it exists, you start to marshal resources that can help you tackle it. And I think that’s a really important step that a lot of people struggle with.

Ginny 00:13:58  Yeah. Like this is my reality. So now what can I do? I mean, you talk about focusing on what are the parts that are out of my control, and then what are the parts that are in my control that I can affect. So the rest of your book goes into so many really helpful, practical, applicable strategies and not even just things you can do, but just mindset shifts. Or once you learn this concept, you realize that it exists so you can sort of kind of tackle it. So specifically, like if we transition into the first section of your book entitled help! Sure. Yeah. The first concept that you present that I thought was really transformational was this idea of getting rid of the middle.

Ginny 00:14:36  Yeah. So can you talk a little bit about maybe the research that was done even in rats, in the mazes, what was observed and then what that might tell us about how we can apply it in our lives.

Adam 00:14:47  Yeah. So a lot of the things we try to do have a long arc. In other words, there are big things that we’re trying to do, especially the most important things in our lives. They involve sometimes weeks, months, years of action. And a lot of the research shows that when you first start something big like that, whether it’s a career or a task you’re trying to achieve a certain goal in, you are energized at the beginning. And then when you can see the finish line, you’re energized again. But there’s this very big middle part, the middle lull. And it’s true with rats in mazes. It’s true with humans when they’re trying pretty much anything. If you’re painting a big artwork and you are stuck in the middle, there will be a lull. If you’re trying to raise money for a charity, there will be a lull in the middle and people won’t donate as much.

Adam 00:15:26  It just has 100,000 different applications. And in every case, it’s the sense that you aren’t still getting that same wind behind your sales and you’re also you can’t see the finish line and so you’re stuck in the middle. That’s the term that’s used. Actually, one of the best papers on the topic is called stuck in the middle. And so the best thing you can do, I think, is to, to do what psychologists call bracketing, which is where you’re bracket a big experience into smaller chunks, so you adopt narrower brackets. So if you think about the example of raising money for a charity, let’s say it’s you want to raise $1 million for a hospital, you could break that down into 100 smaller $10,000 chunks, and then you don’t have middles, because each little chunk is so small that you eradicate the middle from each one. And so there are lots of examples of this kind of narrow bracketing where you take a big a big experience, a big goal, you break it down into a smaller one, and that effectively eliminates the middle by giving yourself these little sub rewards all the way along.

Ginny 00:16:21  Yeah, you get started and then immediately you can also see the end.

Adam 00:16:24  Yeah. Exactly.

Ginny 00:16:25  Yeah. Yeah, that makes sense.

Eric Zimmer 00:16:26  In that same idea, you talk a lot about the idea of plateaus. Yeah. Can you share a little bit about What you mean by that? And some of the solutions.

Adam 00:16:36  Yeah. So in human endeavors, when we try to learn things, there’s a huge amount of evidence, no matter what you’re trying to learn, that we hit a plateau at a certain point. So what usually happens is you develop a strategy that gets you a certain way to where you want to be. If you’re learning a language, for example, you want to become as close to fluent as possible. You start doing that thing and you start doing whatever it is that’s been working for you. You will hit a plateau and you’ll need to change things. If you work out at a gym and you try to train your muscles, or you’re a runner and you’re trying to get fit, you will reach a plateau where you have to change things up.

Adam 00:17:08  And so this idea of the plateau, there’s a great book called The Plateau Effect, which basically suggests that no matter what you’re trying to achieve, as you grow and move towards that goal, things will reach a point where whatever you’ve been doing in the past no longer works as effectively, and you have to switch things. It’s again, this idea that there’s constant change, and change can lead you to feel stuck. And so you’ve got to be open to the idea that whatever has worked in the past may need a little bit of shifting in the future.

Ginny 00:17:33  Yeah, it’s kind of mind boggling, isn’t it? Yeah, like it worked then. I don’t understand exactly why doesn’t it work now?

Eric Zimmer 00:17:38  Yeah, yeah, yeah. I think this is a really important point. If we turn and we apply it to spiritual development or even psychological development. Right. Because what I know is that a lot of people over the years have done a lot of different things, and people often frame that as a failure.

Eric Zimmer 00:17:56  They often say like, well, I started doing this thing and I thought it was the answer, but then it really wasn’t. And then I did this thing and I thought it was the answer. And then it really wasn’t as if there’s a permanent answer.

Adam 00:18:07  It’s a really good.

Eric Zimmer 00:18:08  Point, right? And so if we see that as a very natural like, okay, I went here and I learned what I had to learn from this approach, this person, this place, this community. And then it just didn’t feel like there was more there for me. So then I moved on. And that’s not bad. It’s actually skillful. Now, what I think is really interesting though, if we think about something like spiritual development, there are periods where there are plateaus and oftentimes the encouragement is stay with this thing. Right. You know, I had this in my Zen practice where I would hit these points where I’d be like, I had a spiritual director at the time and I talked with him about it.

Eric Zimmer 00:18:51  I was like, I don’t know whether I’m in a natural fallow period or a natural dry period, and I need to just walk through, or if I should trust this thing that’s calling me to do something else. Right. That takes a lot of discernment.

Adam 00:19:07  Yeah, I think it does. And I think this idea, it’s a sort of cultural idea that we have, that there is a solution to problems. Whereas I think in truth, on day one, maybe for the first three hours of the day, there’s a solution. And by the fourth hour of the day there’s a completely different solution. And so the switch from one to another is a competency rather than a failing to suggest that the first solution that worked for those three hours wasn’t the ultimate one. So you can be open to the idea that across time, whether it’s across days or weeks or months or even hours, different things are going to work at different times. And that’s totally fine. But you’re right, there is also this sense that if you jump around too much, you never know if perhaps you should have pushed a little further.

Adam 00:19:45  Yeah, and that’s one thing I saw a lot in doing the research for this book that more often people quit too soon, so they stop things too soon. That doesn’t mean you shouldn’t say, all right, I’m done with this thing. I should move on. And it’s great to try new things. But I think our tendency is to say, this got hard, and I’m just going to abandon it.

Eric Zimmer 00:20:02  What was it that determined in that research that caused you to conclude they quit too soon? Is there anything about that research and that conclusion that can help us decide whether we’re quitting too soon?

Adam 00:20:14  Yeah, I think one of the most useful guides is, you know, the theory of quitting too soon is based on the idea that you’re not reaching a certain bar that you want to reach. There’s some metric for saying, I’m doing well and things are going fine. And so what you want to try to do is if you fail repeatedly, which is fine. I don’t even know if fail is the right term, but you don’t quite reach that mark repeatedly, and you don’t feel like you are where you want to be.

Adam 00:20:35  That gap should get smaller over time. So if you are a creative mind and you’re trying to come up with like a perfect book idea, or you’re a painting or you are a filmmaker or whatever it is, you know that when you’re producing things, they might not be exactly where you want them to be, but you usually have a sense of how close you are to the mark, especially as you’ve done these things for a while. That might be true in meditation, in mindfulness, in Zen practice as well. You know where you want to be, and you know the gap between where you are and where you want to be. If that gap gets smaller over time, across a reasonable time period, that means you’re getting closer and there’s value in continuing. But when you start to see a divergence where the gap starts to grow consistently larger, that’s usually a time to invest your time elsewhere, at least exploring other options and opportunities. So I think that’s been really helpful. And there’s some really interesting research tracking the careers of filmmakers, artists, writers who have a huge success.

Adam 00:21:28  And the question is, what came before that huge success? And that’s what you see. It’s usually the narrowing between where I am and where I need to be for that success to emerge. And so it’s good to kind of constantly do this little audit where you say to yourself, am I getting closer to the mark, even if I’m not quite there yet?

Ginny 00:21:44  Something that I think is interesting to also reflect on back to this idea of the plateau effect is how things are constantly changing. And just to remember that and then contrast that with our brains natural tendency to sort of set it and forget it, like we name something and then we don’t really see it anymore. Right. The idea of like, once you call a bird a bird, you don’t see it anymore. Or like, you know, our brains can’t constantly be looking for how things are changing. I mean, it’s got a lot going on up there. The resources need to be allocated to keep us surviving. But, like, you know, we do need to pause periodically and say, like, what has changed? What has changed? Because something has.

Ginny 00:22:20  And so now what’s needed?

Adam 00:22:21  Yeah. I did this research with a colleague of mine, Hal Hershfield at UCLA, and we were really interested in understanding when people do this thing where they zoom back and say, what’s going on in my life? Because we don’t do that often. Yeah. You know, you’re often nose to the grindstone. You’re either exhausted or overworked and you’ve got too much going on. It’s hard to do that. But what we found was that when people’s ages end in a nine, when you’re 29, 39, 49, 59, it’s a reminder that time is passing because you’re about to reach a new decade just by an accident of the way we count with the base ten system. And so what we found was that these years, there are these surveys that ask hundreds of thousands of people around the world, how much do you question whether your life is meaningful? And we found that at these nine ending ages, there’s a big, big bump in that number. And also that they do all sorts of things.

Adam 00:23:06  They sign up for marathons. You see some really good things, like signing up for marathons and getting fit and all of that. And you also see some less good things, like you see a rise in extramarital affairs. And so what you have is this sort of extraneous cue, this external cue that says, hey, it’s time to think about your life, which forces us to make these really big decisions. Some of them good. Some of them are less good. But you don’t need to wait for your age to end in a nine to do that. It’s just that that reminds you of the passage of time. So I think it’s useful to build in these reminders. I actually have one in my calendar. Every year it pops up, I pick a random day in the year and it says audit. It’s a kind of scary word. It’s my cue. It’s like now is now is the.

Eric Zimmer 00:23:45  Term that’s I’m sure when that comes up, it just fills your heart with warmth, with.

Adam 00:23:49  A lot of warmth.

Adam 00:23:50  Yeah, I could probably choose a better brand, better term for that. As a marketing professor, you’d think I’ve done, I would have done better than audit, but that’s it pops up. I’m like, oh, it’s time again. Let’s let’s take a day and zoom back and figure it out.

Eric Zimmer 00:23:59  Well, the good news then is I have six years before I have to reflect on my life at all.

Adam 00:24:05  Exactly.

Ginny 00:24:05  No yearly audit.

Eric Zimmer 00:24:06  Yearly audit. Oh, I thought I could just wait till my nine. Okay.

Ginny 00:24:10  All right, you can. If you want to be passive.

Eric Zimmer 00:24:12  Along with the idea of plateaus, you know that something that was working for us stops working is the idea of the creative cliff. Can you share a little bit about that?

Adam 00:24:24  Yeah, it’s one of my favorite pieces of research from like the last decade. I think it’s totally fascinating and has so many applications. And it’s this idea that when you ask people, when will your best ideas emerge? Like if you’re trying to do something creative or new, say you’re a comedian, you’re writing jokes, or you’re trying to come up with creative uses for a paperclip, it doesn’t matter what it is.

Adam 00:24:45  We’re always doing creative things, trying to think of new ideas. People assume the best stuff will come first, so they assume that in the first five minutes of any attempt to come up with creative ideas, whatever’s there, the good stuff will tumble out. It’ll be easy to do, and as soon as it starts getting hard to think of new ideas, that’s when things go south. It’s no good. There’s a cliff. My creativity is going to fall off a cliff. And in truth, what happens is the obvious stuff tumbles out first and it feels easy because it’s orthodox. Everyone has the same ideas. You know, I say think of a creative use for a paperclip, and everyone has the same basic ideas. We could turn it into an earring or something like that. And that feels easy. And it comes out pretty fast. But it’s when things start to get hard, there’s an inflection point. That’s when things get interesting. It’s grappling with the hardness of that. It does get more difficult, but that heralds the more interesting, divergent ideas that are more creative, more inventive, and there’s a huge amount of research to show exactly that.

Adam 00:25:38  You take comedians and you say, come up with some jokes. The first jokes come really easily, but they’re not very good. The good stuff comes later on, and that’s true for almost any creative pursuit.

Eric Zimmer 00:26:07  That’s a really interesting idea, and I think a lot about it in relation to music. Yeah. And if you read about musicians who have created great pieces of music, there tends to be a certain number of them who say, like this just arrived, like it just showed up. I mean, Keith Richards talks about the riff for satisfaction like it was in his dream. He woke up, right? You know, other people will say, like, it just all kind of just showed up at once. And it feels like this remarkable, incredible experience. Right. Yeah. And I think it does happen that way some of the time. Right. The problem is you can’t make it happen.

Adam 00:26:44  No.

Eric Zimmer 00:26:44  And then you hear on the opposite end. People like Leonard Cohen, you know, one of my favorite songwriters of all time, who will say, like, I wrote 100 verses for that song.

Eric Zimmer 00:26:54  Yeah, he was the opposite extreme. Like, he just was like, I’m going to keep at this until I get it right, you know? And so that idea of writing a hundred verses and so I think with creativity, it’s interesting because that first kind does happen. And I think we have those experiences, which probably then leads us to think that’s the way it always happens or it should happen. And I think what your research is saying is that, yeah, but most of the time it happens by sticking with it.

Adam 00:27:21  Yeah. Most of the time for most of us, that’s how it happens. It is the Leonard Cohen version of sitting and trying for sometimes days, hours, months, years, whatever it might be, and multiple iterations to get to the point where you’re happy with something. That doesn’t mean Eureka effects don’t happen. You know, they certainly do. And we’re hit by a flash of insight. But I actually think a lot of those flashes of insight, it’s a mistake to see them that way.

Adam 00:27:43  It’s just that we don’t know where they’ve come from, and they’ve come from the hours of work that you’ve done before.

Eric Zimmer 00:27:48  Yeah, that’s so great, because there’s an idea in spiritual circles that has emerged around that awakening just happens, and that all this straining and struggling and meditating and putting all this time in, like, you don’t really have to do that. The thing that I find so difficult about that idea is that the people who are saying that have put in years of meditation, they’ve done all those things. And so to say that it just arrived without all those preconditions being set is to kind of miss the point. It’s sort of like Barry Bonds saying like, well, you don’t have to do a lot of batting practice, right? Like, just step up to the plate and hit it out of the park. But you wouldn’t say that to a six year old. No. Right. They have to put in the batting practice. So I’m just applying it back to a different domain. But I think it rings true.

Adam 00:28:36  Yeah, I think it’s generally hard for us, especially when we’ve had some experience at something to understand what led us to where we are. You have either amnesia or you just don’t have good access to whatever it was that formed you the way you are. And this is especially true as you get better at something you don’t really know how to unpack. What got you to the point where you were better than you used to be. And so when you’re explaining it to other people, there’s this kind of knowledge gap where if someone says to me, like, how did you get good at X? If there’s something that you’re good at? It’s very, very hard actually to explain that it’s tough unless it’s a series of very concrete algorithmic steps where you’re just unpacking it one at a time. It’s a kind of mystical thing, and it’s very hard to know how to explain it. So I think that explains a lot of what seems like just a burst or a flash of insight in any context.

Ginny 00:29:19  Yeah. So the rest of your book is really wisely broken into the emotional terrain of being stuck, the mental terrain, and then the habits that we can engage in to really work with these different components.

Ginny 00:29:33  So if we focus in on the heart section. Yeah. As you guys are sitting here talking, I’m thinking about how interesting it is that like as humans, it’s through leaning into the pressure of the external forces that we get better. Like strength training. You’re you’re engaging with resistance and that makes you stronger. But emotionally, as it turns out. Right? Actually, it’s the opposite. That can be the most productive. You talk about removing pressure from yourself and others is the first, you know, easy step to improving creativity in general performance. You highlight this or illustrate this. Rather, you’re talking about Miles Davis. Yeah. Would you share that story with us? Tell us a little more.

Adam 00:30:11  Yeah. This is the story of Herbie Hancock, the great pianist. And he was playing in Miles Davis’s band as he was auditioning. This is a long time ago. This is very early on in his career. He was a very young guy. He was in his late teens, and he was overwhelmed by the idea of playing for Miles, who was a giant.

Adam 00:30:26  All the other musicians were giants, and they played a rehearsal one day at Miles House. This was Herbie’s audition, and Herbie Hancock tells the story of this now, and it’s absolutely magnetic, because what happened was Miles was known for being a perfectionist, for being extremely talented, and for knowing exactly what he was aiming for with every piece. And so all the other musicians, their role was to basically guess what Miles wanted and then to produce it for him. And so Herbie Hancock goes into this knowing that that’s what he’s trying to do. And Miles sits there through the beginning of the audition, which is going to last a few days. They’re all jamming together, and he throws his trumpet down after a couple of numbers, and then he goes upstairs and they don’t see him for days. And Hancock thinks to himself, Well, obviously I bombed it. He left the room. He’s not even listening. He’s not interested. But it also liberated him. It made him feel like. Well, the stakes are much lower now.

Adam 00:31:17  You know, I’m just jamming with a couple of the greatest musicians of the day, and he starts having fun, and he starts playing some things that maybe he didn’t even expect to play in front of. Miles. At the end of the third day, Miles comes down the stairs and says, you know, I’ve been listening and on the intercom for the last few days, and I like what I’m hearing. And so this guy, who is known for dialing up the pressure constantly, also knew when to dial it back. And he knew that by giving someone who was young and unformed, but who was very talented, a little bit of extra emotional space, he was going to get the best from him. Now we can do that for ourselves as well. To a large extent, I think we often put so much pressure on ourselves because we see other talented people famously being hard on themselves in many contexts. It’s almost always the wrong way to go if you’re trying to get the best from yourself. And so I’d spend a good few chapters talking about taking a pause, dialing down the emotional intensity, and how giving yourself a bit of breathing space emotionally is usually the best way to start getting unstuck.

Ginny 00:32:11  Yeah, it connects back to in kind of a spiritual realm, like the idea of self-compassion. But that term doesn’t connect for a lot of people, right? So I like this as another avenue in which is to think about how you can lower the stakes on what’s expected. I mean, so many of us, right, when we know we want or need to perform, we get really hard on ourselves. Like, come on, you can do it. Yeah. Thinking that that’s actually going to help us produce our best work. Maybe it does once or twice. But as Erica said before, I like this term. It’s sort of a dirty fuel. Like it burns. Yeah. You know, like, over time, that actually corrodes us. And it keeps us stuck. It can keep us from performing at our best. So one of the ideas you talk about is it’s maybe a semantic thing, but it really works. And I’m going to take it a step further. You say you can rise to a challenge where you might succumb to a threat.

Ginny 00:33:00  So if you if you can reframe things, you know, but I even need it to go lower. So like for example, we ride the peloton and Eric loves the like different, you know, 90 day challenge or 30 day challenge or it’s like everybody’s got a challenge for something. And I’m like, I am not the least bit interested in joining your challenge. Yeah. Now an experiment. I’m all for it. Like, give me a 30 day experiment and okay, like, let’s see what we can do. I needed even a step down.

Adam 00:33:26  I love that as a dialing down from challenge, this this threat, this challenge, this experiment. Because who knows what’s going to happen right now that really takes the emotional intensity down. I like it yeah. That’s great.

Ginny 00:33:36  Yeah. Yeah. The threat is just so daunting. Right. But challenge makes you feel like let’s see because it brings curiosity in.

Adam 00:33:42  Exactly. Yeah. I talk a lot about experimenting in a later part of the book, but I think as a way of reframing that overwhelming sense that I have to achieve something.

Adam 00:33:51  Yeah, it’s very valuable. And I think in general we don’t go very far imagining this, but we think about worst case scenarios, but we don’t go far enough into that because usually things that don’t quite work out, there’s something on the other side of that and you can try again. You can try something different. And even recognizing that that’s true usually takes the emotional intensity down to a point where you perform better in the moment.

Eric Zimmer 00:34:12  I’m going to go back to music for a second, because this question has been bouncing around in my mind, and it may not be relevant. So we’re talking about this idea that there’s not a creative cliff, that you get better at something. The more you work on it, the longer you spend on it, right? And there’s a domain in which I’m wondering how true that is. And it’s rock and roll music. And the reason I’m wondering is that there are some examples you’ve got. Bob Dylan is probably the primary one who is creating what I would say is some of his best music.

Eric Zimmer 00:34:44  Yeah, at the age he is. Right. But so many musicians, it’s in their first couple years that they just nail it and then it kind of fades. And I’m just curious what you think about that.

Adam 00:34:57  Yeah. It’s funny, I was investigating this idea that we have hot streaks in our careers. Yes. And I talk about this in the book. And one of the things that I found most interesting about hot streaks is there is no recipe for when a hot streak will happen. There’s no way to predict it. For some people, there are many hot streaks in our careers. Some people just have one. Most people have at least one, but when they look at the careers of musicians, there are people who have that hot streak during the January of their careers, some in the December summit. It comes like like seasons throughout their careers, and it’s a little hard to predict. The biggest predictor of when you’ll get a hot streak is to do two things in a particular order, and the first thing is to explore is to experiment.

Adam 00:35:37  It’s to roam widely and say, hey, I haven’t figured out exactly what works best for me, and so I’m going to try like five or 6 or 7 different things. And so you see musicians or artists trying all these different styles and approaches and different instruments and different ways of different time signatures and different crafts and approaches and so on. And then they say, hey, you know, there’s one of them. The third one I tried, I think I liked that there was something that resonated there. Then you go as deep as you can into that thing. So the first period is scan as much territory as you can. The second is whatever works best. Go really deep on that thing. Just exploit it. That’s actually the term they use. Exploit it as much as possible. And when you do that, explore then exploit in that order. That’s when the hot streak emerges.

Ginny 00:36:22  I love that term. Yeah.

Eric Zimmer 00:36:23  Yeah I think that’s exactly right. Because when I look at musicians and some of them that I love, I can almost always see like a three album period where I’m like, I don’t know what happened.

Eric Zimmer 00:36:34  Right, exactly in those three records. But they had it like, totally. And before that, I mean, sometimes it’s their first record that they start that way. Sometimes it’s their second or third record and then, you know, the hot streak ends. But to your point, there can be others. And it seems like probably then what’s happening is they are then moving into exploring again. I mean, exactly, you know, exploration happens. I mean, certainly that’s been the case with many people who’ve had second acts, as we would say. You know, they explored and they came back and then were able to do something slightly differently really well.

Adam 00:37:08  Yeah, there’s something really liberating about this. And this is what I found over and over again that it’s never too late. So a career that hasn’t yet had a hot streak, or someone who’s still struggling as they move into middle and later adulthood. There are people who, at the very end of their careers, have this great, incredibly productive, incredibly self-fulfilling period.

Adam 00:37:27  And so by just applying, even at times where it feels like behind you, perhaps things haven’t looked the way that you’ve wanted them to. You could get there and you can get there, and people do.

Eric Zimmer 00:37:35  Before we dive back into the conversation, let me ask you something. What’s one thing that has been holding you back lately? You know that it’s there. You’ve tried to push past it, but somehow it keeps getting in the way. You’re not alone in this, and I’ve identified six major saboteurs of self-control. Things like autopilot behavior, Self-doubt, emotional escapism that quietly derail our best intentions. But here’s the good news you can outsmart them. And I’ve put together a free guide to help you spot these hidden obstacles and give you simple, actionable strategies that you can use to regain control. Download the free guide now at once. And take the first step towards getting back on track. I think in our business and I’m looking at Jenny sort of, as I say this a little bit, but in our business, there have been plenty of times where I’ve concluded like, that’s it.

Eric Zimmer 00:38:32  Like we’ve been doing this this long and we’re about as far as we’re going to get. And, you know, like it’s just anybody who wanted to listen to us would have been listening to us by now and, you know, or whatever it is. And I’ve been proven wrong again and again by saying, all right, let’s just stay with it. And then, yeah, and then you’re like, oh, look at that.

Ginny 00:38:52  Yeah. We may be jumping ahead a little bit by talking about this exploring exploiting. But I wanted to ask one more thing about this because I really liked it, which was this idea of how do you know when you’re in one mode or the other, which is the yes and no when you talk about that?

Adam 00:39:04  Yeah. So this makes me think about what it was like when I was a very young assistant professor. I just started as a professor, and I was saying yes to everything. Every opportunity that came by, I was like, I will try that, I will try that, I will try that.

Adam 00:39:17  I will, you know, be up for 18 hours a day. I will say yes to everything. And that was great. And it showed me that I could write books, and it showed me that I could consult and do other things that I perhaps hadn’t imagined doing. But I was exhausted. But that was a period of exploration. I had to say yes to everything, to sort of sift through all the options and to get a sense of what worked. And then I reached a point where I was like, I don’t think I want to keep doing that so furiously. What I want to do is figure out what works and then really do that. And to do that, you have to start saying no. So there are yes modes where you’re saying yes to everything. Opportunities arise, people want to hang out. Everything is yes, that’s exploring. And then the exploiting period is where you say, if it’s about this, then it’s a yes, but almost everything else is a no. I’ve got to shut myself off from those other distractions as I make the very most of this thing that seemed to be best during the exploration and yes, phase.

Ginny 00:40:07  Yeah, you go deep into that.

Adam 00:40:08  You go deep and say no to everything else.

Ginny 00:40:10  Yeah, it’s a great way to think about that time frame.

Adam 00:40:13  Yeah, I found it useful.

Ginny 00:40:14  Yeah.

Eric Zimmer 00:40:14  Another idea that comes up in this section of the book is the idea of an ideal success to failure ratio. Right. And the idea that we should fail often has become something that’s been more culturally accepted and talked about, even though I think it’s still much harder for people to do than than we might think, given the cultural dialogue about it. But there’s actually a ratio that tends to be beneficial for how often I should be succeeding versus how often I should be failing. Yeah.

Adam 00:40:45  So just a caveat. It really depends on the domain. But the basic idea is you should succeed more often than you fail. And it should be something like three quarters to even 4/5 of the time you should be succeeding. What that basically means is if you’re trying something and you’re constantly failing over and over and over again, it’s demotivating.

Adam 00:41:03  You don’t want to be in that situation. You want to challenge yourself occasionally, but you also want to be within a comfortable zone for much of the time. That builds confidence. It also builds this this liking for the thing you’re doing because we like to succeed. Yeah. So I was very lucky. I got to visit with a whole lot of Australian coaches of elite athletes, and I asked about 100 of them this question, how do you get the best from your athletes? Do you put them in a situation where they’re challenged constantly and they’re really struggling through things, or do you give them tasks that are easy so that they can build confidence? And most of them said most of the time they have to be able to do the thing that you’re giving them to do. But if you always do that, they’ll never grow. And so you’ve got to pepper those experiences of capability with extensions and, you know, dialing up the difficulty just a bit. And so this research basically says that across context, it’s about 80% of the time, roughly, that you succeed.

Eric Zimmer 00:42:12  It’s interesting because that correlates very closely, idea wise, to the research on flow. Yes. Meaning? Right. Like we have to be kind of in a place where we are challenged but not so challenged that we get discouraged and give up. But it’s not so easy that we’re bored. There is an optimal place of the difficulty level, and I think that’s a really important idea that everybody can work with and play with is, you know, what is the difficulty level that I’m at? I’m a guitar player and it took me a long time. Some people did this very well early on, like my, my best friend Chris, who’s the editor, He did this very early on, like he knew how to bring the difficulty level to right where he needed it to be. Right. And I was sort of the opposite, which was that if anything was slightly difficult, I just gave up. Yeah. I didn’t know how to turn the difficulty down. Like if I couldn’t play something like almost immediately I went, I can’t play it.

Eric Zimmer 00:43:12  And I gave up. And there were some benefits in that. I just learned to write my own music right away because I kind of had to. So that was a benefit. But I didn’t progress much as a musician because I didn’t know how to get that difficulty level right, because it was always too hard. And so I just didn’t do it.

Adam 00:43:29  I think at the very beginning of anything, if you’re just learning something like an instrument, I think there’s going to be a higher failure rate because everything is hard. Yeah, you’ve got to be okay with that early on. I think this failure rate really describes what it’s like to be entering a period of maturity or mastery, and you’re trying to get better so you’re not a complete novice, whether it’s an instrument or a new language or really anything that you’re trying to get better at. So you have to be open to the idea that starting something new. Like, if I decide tomorrow that I want to learn the guitar, I’m going to fail more than 20% of the time, I’ll fail all the time.

Adam 00:44:02  And that’s got to be okay, I think. Yeah, but you’re right. You’ve got to very quickly get to the point where you say, I need to get something out of this. I need to enjoy it early on so that I want to keep doing it. So maybe it’s just a matter of strumming mindlessly and and maybe teaching yourself and composing your own music is the way to do it, because then you set the difficulty.

Eric Zimmer 00:44:20  It certainly worked in that way. But what I learned and it took time to learn it is that like no matter what you’re trying to play, you can dial the difficulty level down and just go, like, I’m going to work on playing these two notes and I’m going to work on playing them really slow. Okay. Now that I can play them at that speed, can I play them a little? And I just didn’t understand that for a long time. It seems kind of obvious. And I think that’s one of the, in my case, the danger of being entirely self-taught and never having had any lessons, as I was never shown how to deconstruct it in that way.

Adam 00:44:52  Yeah, I’m smiling because I remember in grad school I had this classmate who lived in the next room over for me, and I just heard him playing over and over again. He had a bass guitar and he played the beginning to smoke on the water, but literally for a year. Doo doo doo doo doo doo just over and over again. And I would say to him, dude, are you going to do something different? He was like, nah, I’m happy. I like, I know what I’m doing. I’m getting better and better at this. I feel happy every time I play. But he would do it for hours and I think I think there is there is a level where you want to build in that 20% failure rate, and he was content and that’s great. But if you want to get better at something, obviously you can’t keep playing smoke on the water over and over.

Eric Zimmer 00:45:31  We have a version of that in our own household occasionally, where I will be like working on a difficult piece, and after a while Jenny will be like, can we do something else? Yeah, yeah, yeah.

Eric Zimmer 00:45:40  Can you play something else? Not very often. She’s pretty patient, but every once in a while it gets to be too much. So much.

Adam 00:45:48  Yeah.

Ginny 00:45:48  Yeah. That’s funny. All right, so if we move into the head section. So the mental terrain of getting unstuck, there’s something you talk about which I really connected with for a while. Actually, I thought this might have been a failing of mine, a weakness of mine, or, like, evidence that somehow I wasn’t quite good enough. But. So. And it’s actually a difference that you and I have. You’re going to have to correct me here if I don’t sort of language this correctly for you, but in general, you can sort of sit down at a computer and kind of do your work, like think your way into the thing you want to create, right. Like you’re able to sort of solo it. Now, I’m not saying you never work with others, but, you know, yeah, I have always known about myself that I need sort of other people to collaborate in order to create something, that it’s the interaction with someone else, the exchange of ideas, the thing that they say that sparks something I thought or never saw before.

Ginny 00:46:40  And it’s in that realm that I can kind of create something. I always thought that was a weakness, but it’s actually pat myself on the back of genius and a half. No kidding. But you say that working with new people can inspire creative and sticking for at least two reasons, right? So they bring fresh ideas is one of those reasons.

Adam 00:46:58  Yeah, one of them is just that if you are different from someone else in any way, you have different content in your head and they will bring ideas that you just don’t have. And so there’s huge value in just talking to people who are as different as possible from you. That’s the sort of theme in that chapter, is that we often surround ourselves with people who are in some way like us, like we think the same way, we have the same attitudes and values and so on. And there’s nothing wrong with doing that. But if you’re trying to get unstuck, you don’t need more of yourself, right? You need something new. And so speaking to someone who’s different from you on some critical dimension is the way to do that.

Adam 00:47:32  There are all these examples of very successful companies like Pixar creating these incredible films where on every team they will go out and hunt what they call a black sheep or a hunt. They’ll bring someone in. It’s probably probably the wrong term for talking about it.

Eric Zimmer 00:47:46  They’ll bring them in. Then they will hunt them on the Pixar grounds. All right, let’s let’s let’s roll that back. Pixar. We’re just kidding. Yeah.

Adam 00:47:55  So there’s a great example with Pixar. And, they will assemble a team and they’ll always put a black sheep on the team. And the black sheep is someone who thinks differently from everyone else in some critical way. Yeah. Like everyone thinks that animation is key. This person is a storytelling maven and they’re like, no, let’s just put the animation aside for a minute. It’s all about the narrative. And they find that in all these different contexts, just having that different divergent voice is unbelievably valuable as a as an unlocking agent. There are even studies where they ask people in groups to solve puzzles, and they have this little AI, like a bot that gives them solutions that have come up on a screen.

Adam 00:48:32  Like it’ll say, why don’t you try this? Why don’t you think about that? And there are two versions of the bot. There’s the bot that kind of mirrors what everyone else is saying, but does a slightly better version of it, and that’s okay. But then there’s also the chaos bot. This is the black sheep bot that just kind of throws out random nonsense. And when they do that, these people are like, wow, I didn’t think of that.

Ginny 00:48:50  Yeah.

Adam 00:48:51  And it sticks.

Ginny 00:48:52  Them. That’s great.

Eric Zimmer 00:48:53  Yeah, it’s so interesting. I’ve played with ChatGPT so well, I have with ChatGPT, but with GPT itself. Yeah, and I don’t know what the parameter is, but there’s a parameter that you can dial up and down for sort of what you’re saying, like just how crazy can this thing get? Exactly right. And by its default, I mean, I think ChatGPT is extraordinarily boring. I mean, it just says exactly what you will expect it to say 95% of the time.

Eric Zimmer 00:49:20  Like, it’s just not very interesting. But when you go in and you start changing that setting and you start being like, and same thing with AI image generation. Yep. Right. If you basically turn up the chaos setting, things get really interesting really fast. Exactly. Not necessarily useful, but interesting. And created. Yeah. Yeah.

Adam 00:49:40  That’s right. I mean, I think the biggest and best use case for ChatGPT and these other generative AI engines now is exactly for that it’s front sticking. I think what they do better than anything is they are those divergent voices that you need, those black sheep. And so, you know, let’s say I’m stuck. I’m trying to write the beginning of a chapter of a new book. Ask ChatGPT to give you like, the first sentence. And it might be horrible, but at least it’s not from your brain. It’s from some other collective brain out in the world that it’s it’s scraped from the internet and just asking it to give you three alternatives. Give me three alternative ways to begin a chapter on X.

Adam 00:50:13  Yeah. And no, that’s not what the book’s going to look like, but it jostles you. It kind of shakes you up in a way that helps you get unstuck. And you used to have to go and consult with your three friends, and now you just ask the computer to do it for you. I think it’s incredibly valuable to have that at our disposal.

Eric Zimmer 00:50:27  Yeah, I think it is that sort of asking it for alternatives or different ideas, because I find its first few ideas are like really boring, Like, the most vanilla way of saying what I wanted to say is possible, but you can prompt it to sort of get get interesting.

Adam 00:50:44  I’ve run my assignments actually through there, like what my students and I say, here is the assignment, answer the assignment. And it is like the most C plus thing I’ve ever seen because it’s totally it’s a pass, there’s no doubt. Yeah. But it is the most plain vanilla boring pass I’ve ever read. And I’m like, this had to have been written by something that’s just scraping things together.

Adam 00:51:04  Yeah, I agree, it’s C plus.

Eric Zimmer 00:51:06  That’s a great way of putting it. That’s a great way of putting it along. That idea. You talk about learning to be your own therapist. And you say question your own decisions the way a smart outsider might ask yourself complex questions more than once, answering with a different lens each time. This takes advantage of the so-called wisdom of the inner crowd. I love that idea. Yeah.

Adam 00:51:28  So there’s this very famous idea that there’s the wisdom of the crowd, that if you ask 100 people to estimate the number of jellybeans in a jar. They’re all going to bounce around. They’ll have different ideas, but actually the average is pretty close to the right number. And that’s because our errors in whichever direction tend to cancel each other out. And so you end up getting pretty close to the number. It turns out there’s an internal version of this. So what you can do is you can say, you know, let’s say you’ve got a relationship issue and you’re trying to work out how to get through it.

Adam 00:51:55  The first thing you say to yourself is what a therapist would do is they would say, well, tell me what you’re thinking. Like, where are you now? What’s your default? What’s your baseline? And so you come up with a solution and you say, well, let’s imagine you’re wrong. Like, what’s the other side of you saying there’s a version of you that thinks something different, it may need to be peeled back. You’ve got to get through a few layers to get there. But the version of you that disagrees with that or thinks there’s another option, what does that look like? All right, so now we’ve got these two ideas on the table. Maybe the dominant one is the first one. Maybe the other one is a little bit more outlandish. Let’s have a conversation between those two. What are the best things of that second idea that you could bring to improve the first? And so what you’re essentially doing just as these crowds do, of lots of people, is you take all the different kind of opinions and ideas in your own head, and you find this average that is theoretically better than all the kind of strings that make up the average.

Adam 00:52:45  And it’s been proven to be pretty effective. So you effectively interrogate yourself a degree or two past where you normally would for really important questions, instead of just going with that first idea. And the results are often very promising.

Eric Zimmer 00:52:58  Yeah, I think that’s really interesting. And I think it’s part of the reason that having questions that we can ask ourselves, and I find it helpful to have actual questions like that are, like you said, there was a question there like, what’s another idea here? But we can find these different questions that can help us interrogate our own thoughts. That sounds more harsh than yeah, yeah, like, but I need that prompting to know kind of where to look inside. Because when I look inside, I just see one thing. Yeah, with well-crafted questions, I can sort of look different ways and pull different things out.

Adam 00:53:34  Yeah, exactly. I think that’s that’s key. And I think that’s that’s a thread that runs through a lot of the research that I do. And the things that I think about is I don’t necessarily want the answers, but I want to know what questions to ask.

Ginny 00:53:44  Totally.

Adam 00:53:44  You can’t always know what the answer is going to be. And sometimes it’s hard to access the answer, but you get a lot of the way there by knowing. Here are the next ten best questions to ask. Yes. Yeah. In fact, the back of the book is A Hundred Ways to Get Unstuck because I wanted to do something different from my other books, which was just to have a roadmap, a very concrete. Here are a hundred things you can do. Check off the list and make it very practical. And I think you’re right, having that very concrete set of steps, that algorithm for getting unstuck is really useful. Yeah, yeah.

Ginny 00:54:12  So the last section have it. Yes. The things that we can physically do. You start off the section talking about the power of curiosity. I really have come to believe that curiosity is like a superpower, and it’s one you can hone. You can grow, you can develop. It’s certainly not a birthright, you know, but as humans, we do have an innate curiosity, I think so we can cultivate it.

Ginny 00:54:31  But tell me about the role of curiosity here.

Adam 00:54:34  Yeah, I’m fascinated by this. So on the one end of the curiosity spectrum, you have kids. Kids ask questions about everything to the ends of the earth. Nothing makes sense until they’ve asked a hundred questions. On the other end, you have most adults. We take everything for granted. Pretty much. There’s an orthodoxy we heard together. We do things the same way most of the time as other people do them. If you see something as a certain way, you assume there’s a reason for that. That’s what it is to be an adult. Then there are these really interesting people that I met in the course of researching with this book who are they’re known as experimentalists. And what they do is they effectively do what kids do and they’re adults, but they say, why? Like, why are we taking this for granted? And some of them are tremendously successful for that reason because they diverge from the crowd. One of my favorite examples is this Olympic swimmer, Dave Birkhoff, who in the late 80s, early 90s, was a bit smaller than a lot of the other swimmers.

Adam 00:55:24  He was not quite as tall as they were. He didn’t have quite the same build, But he was very, very intellectual, a very bright guy. And he sort of thought, well, how do I get an advantage here? Everyone’s swimming the backstroke the same way. Is there a way for me to do it differently? And he discovered that you go about almost twice as fast when you’re fully submerged underwater. So he developed a technique that meant that he was underwater for longer than the other swimmers. It made him incredibly fast. He broke the world record. He won gold medals at the Olympics. And when other coaches from other countries, there’s a very famous Australian coach who I remember from growing up, very flamboyant guy, met Dave Birkhoff. He was like, how did this guy break the world record? He doesn’t look like all the other swimmers. He’s a head shorter than them and it’s all just curiosity. It’s questions. It’s pushing back against the orthodoxy and saying, does this really have to be this way? And it’s an incredibly valuable rule.

Adam 00:56:14  You don’t have to be an Olympic swimmer, but in every area of life, it’s very valuable to ask those questions. Yeah, yeah.

Ginny 00:56:21  The other thing you talk about in this section, which really resonated with me and Eric, is this idea of action above all? Yeah. It’s the idea that sometimes the motivation or momentum or the forward motion comes after you take the first step. You know, you say as soon as you act even modestly, you’re no longer stuck. That’s true. No matter the context and a kernel of action should be within reach, no matter the situation. Talk more about the power of just getting started.

Adam 00:56:50  Yeah. Just doing anything. So Jeff Tweedy, the frontman from Wilco, has this great description of what this is like for him. I love.

Eric Zimmer 00:56:59  It. Tweedy. It’s amazing.

Adam 00:57:00  He’s incredible. And he’s a writer. And he’s also he writes music. So he does a couple of things that I really love, and I was always curious about how he did what he did.

Adam 00:57:06  And then he gave an interviewer, he basically said that the first stuff in my head is terrible stuff. It’s not good, it’s not interesting. I’ve got to pour out the bad stuff. That’s how he describes it. I get up in the morning and I pour out the nonsense, and then what’s left is the good stuff underneath that. But you’ve got to pour the bad stuff out first. So what that means is where the rest of us are sitting there saying, I have to write the best first sentence for my chapter, or I’ve got to write the perfect opening stanza to this particular song. He’s saying, of course that’s not going to happen. All I have to do is do anything. Just do something. And then the ball is rolling. Things get moving. I feel a little bit more liquid. Interesting ideas can come into play. This idea that doing a small things, but b even bad things. You can write badly, which is better than not writing at all. You can have a conversation not expertly, which is better than not having the conversation at all.

Adam 00:57:55  So getting things started I think, is even in small doses, an absolutely critical part of getting unstuck.

Ginny 00:58:01  Yeah. Lowering the sort of barrier to entry. Right. So it’s the idea of like perfectionism, getting that out of the way. Getting that you have to do this exactly this way or in the most excellent, you know, manner. You can write, remove all of that and just get started. Give yourself a safe place to do that. What is it like the shitty first draft or whatever the term is that people use? You know, just get started.

Adam 00:58:22  Yeah. And you have to do the first draft, so get it out of the way and then you can get to the good stuff later on. Yeah.

Eric Zimmer 00:58:26  Yeah. This is such a life philosophy for me. I talk on the show often. Maybe my most used phrase is sometimes you can’t think your way into right action. You have to act your way into right thinking. Totally agree. You know, and I think this is for creative projects, but anything in general, I didn’t make up that phrase or this phrase, but one that I absolutely love is depression, hates a moving target, and it’s somebody who struggles with depression from time to time.

Eric Zimmer 00:58:50  I just find moving, and I don’t necessarily mean like on a treadmill, although that’s great. Exercise is really good. But just get outside, do something. Any movement tends to be good, and I think any movement tends to be good when we’re stuck, whether it’s mentally, emotionally.

Adam 00:59:08  Yeah. There’s this really fascinating research on this that shows that start ups where people are forced to move, where they’re forced to walk because of where the startup is located. Maybe it’s in a walking city or something like that. They have better ideas. So by physically moving. you actually somehow liberate better ideas. Yeah, it’s really interesting.

Eric Zimmer 00:59:25  Yeah, I’ve learned that about myself that like, I like to work different places, so, like, work from home one day, go to the library. Another day, go go to a coffee shop another day. But like, there’s something for me about moving from one place to the next that just tends to help me not at least feel so stuck.

Adam 00:59:44  It’s another way to get over the plateau, right? If you feel that you’ve hit a plateau, just change things up.

Adam 00:59:48  And so by constantly shifting things, whether it’s a physical task or something like writing, changing the place where you’re doing it, it makes a huge difference.

Ginny 00:59:57  I’ve heard some science behind this that the movement in our body just stimulates our brain in such a way that we’re able to make connections or access filed away, connections that we otherwise just didn’t quite have all of our neurons firing to make happen. I mean, that’s a very unscientific way to explain it, but I know that, like when I’m on the peloton in the morning and I’m listening to a podcast, I’m like grabbing my phone to write down these ideas. It’s just firing like crazy. But it was just getting my body moving.

Adam 01:00:25  Yeah, so I run and I’ve started running with a little piece of paper and a tiny little pencil because I. I find that happens all the time, and I’m on the middle of a run and I’m like, I’m going to forget this, and I always forget. But it’s true. How often do those great ideas just pop up? It’s when you’re asleep, unfortunately.

Adam 01:00:40  Totally. And when you are moving or moving.

Ginny 01:00:42  Yep. So I’m curious about something. Instead of saying, did you? I’m going to say when you got stuck at some point writing this book.

Adam 01:00:51  At some point. Okay. Many points, many points.

Ginny 01:00:54  You can you can drill down here as what not to put you on the spot. But like, can you think of a time writing this book when you got stuck and maybe give us an example of how you applied any of this knowledge to get yourself moving?

Adam 01:01:03  Yeah. So I read this interview with Jeff Tweedy and he talked about pouring out all the bad ideas. I can’t tell you how many bad ideas I poured out to get to the the version that you see, because writing is hard. It’s a very long term process. It takes. In the case of this book, it was an 18 month process, and so there were many days where nothing came out or not very much came out or what came out wasn’t great, and I didn’t use it.

Adam 01:01:27  But that paved the way for the next day and the day after. And sometimes you’ll have these magical days where you’re right, thousands of words and they tumble out exactly as you like. And the thing that I always do when that happens is I ask where that comes from, because I think it’s hard to know. But if you’re really thoughtful about it, sometimes you can see the origins of it in the failures of the days before. And so I’ll look back at what I poured out yesterday and realize, oh, this is just like there are ten times better version of what I did yesterday. And had I not done that yesterday, I wouldn’t have been able to get to where I am today. I think writing a book about being stuck and getting unstuck is is great, because you’re constantly using the techniques that you’re writing about in the course of writing the book.

Eric Zimmer 01:02:07  Before we wrap up, I want you to think about this. Have you ever ended the day feeling like your choices didn’t quite match the person you wanted to be? Maybe it was autopilot mode or self-doubt that made it harder to stick to your goals.

Eric Zimmer 01:02:21  And that’s exactly why I created The Six Saboteurs of Self-control. It’s a free guide to help you recognize the hidden patterns that hold you back and give you simple, effective strategies to break through them. If you’re ready to take back control and start making lasting changes. Download your copy now at once. Let’s make those shifts happen starting today. When you feed Net book.

Ginny 01:02:50  I love how you use the good days to connect back to the days that feel tough so that when you’re in them, the next time, you can exactly remember that and see that as even though it doesn’t look like immediate progress, it’s still making progress.

Adam 01:03:03  Because you want to feel like there’s meaning to the failures, too. Sure, you want to feel like when things are difficult and when you’re not pouring out thousands of great, usable words, that there’s a purpose for it. And I think that’s so much of what our lives are about. It’s even the hard moments, the moments that I’m going exactly to plan. You have to feel like there’s some value to them, and telling that story and finding that narrative, I think, is a huge part of moving forward to the next step that hopefully is better.

Ginny 01:03:26  Marvelous.

Eric Zimmer 01:03:27  Well, I think that is a perfect note to wrap up on. Thank you so much. This has been such a great conversation. We really loved the book, and it’s been a pleasure to sit here and talk with you.

Adam 01:03:37  And with you. Thanks so much.

Ginny 01:03:38  Thank you so much.

Eric Zimmer 01:03:39  Thank you so much for listening to the show. If you found this conversation helpful, inspiring, or thought provoking, I’d love for you to share it with a friend. Share it from one person to another is the lifeblood of what we do. We don’t have a big budget, and I’m certainly not a celebrity, but we have something even better. And that’s you just hit the share button on your podcast app, or send a quick text with the episode link to someone who might enjoy it. Your support means the world, and together we can spread wisdom one episode at a time. Thank you for being part of the One You Feed community.

Filed Under: Featured, Podcast Episode

The Age of Magical Overthinking: Why Our Minds Keep Doubling Down with Amanda Montell

January 13, 2026 Leave a Comment

AGE OF MAGICAL OVERTHINKING
Watch on YouTube
Listen on Spotify
Listen on Apple Podcast

If you’re feeling overwhelmed and don’t have the luxury of doing less, Overwhelm Is Optional offers simple tools you can use in under ten minutes a day. Learn more at oneyoufeed.net/overwhelm

In this episode, Amanda Montell explores the age of magical overthinking and why our minds keep doubling down. She discusses how cognitive biases and irrational thinking shape our perceptions and behaviors in the information age. Amanda also explains shine theory, zero-sum and sunk cost biases, and the allure of manifestation and conspiracy thinking. Through personal stories and humor, Amanda and Eric discuss how understanding these mental patterns can help us navigate modern life more consciously and compassionately.

Exciting News!!! Coming in March, 2026, my new book, How a Little Becomes a Lot: The Art of Small Changes for a More Meaningful Life is now available for pre-orders!


Key Takeaways:

  • Exploration of cognitive biases and their impact on modern thinking.
  • Discussion of irrational thinking in the information age.
  • Examination of the parable of the two wolves and its implications for personal behavior.
  • Analysis of the shine theory and its relevance to social dynamics, particularly among women.
  • Insights into the sunk cost fallacy and its effects on decision-making in relationships.
  • Critique of manifestation beliefs and their parallels to conspiracy thinking.
  • The role of storytelling in human cognition and its influence on self-perception.
  • The relationship between overconfidence bias and self-assessment.
  • Challenges of navigating modern life with evolved cognitive shortcuts.
  • The impact of social media on decision-making and personal narratives.

Amanda Montell is a writer and linguist from Baltimore. She is the author of the acclaimed books Wordslut, Cultish, and The Age of Magical Overthinking. Along with hosting the podcast Sounds Like a Cult, her writing has also appeared in The New York Times, Marie Claire, Cosmopolitan, and more. She holds a degree in linguistics from NYU and lives in Los Angeles with her partner, plants, and pets. Find her on Instagram @Amanda_Montell.

Connect with Amanda Montell: Website | Instagram | Podcasts | Facebook

If you enjoyed this conversation with Amanda Montell, check out these other episodes:

Why You Can’t Think Your Way Out of Overthinking with Adam Mastroianni

The Purpose of Emotions and Why We’re Not Wired for Happiness with Anders Hansen

By purchasing products and/or services from our sponsors, you are helping to support The One You Feed and we greatly appreciate it. Thank you!

This episode is sponsored by:

David Protein bars deliver up to 28g of protein for just 150 calories—without sacrificing taste! For a limited time, our listeners can receive this special deal: buy 4 cartons and get the 5th free when you go to www.davidprotein.com/FEED

Aura Frames: For a limited time, save on the perfect gift by visiting AuraFrames.com /FEED to get $35 off Aura’s best-selling Carver Mat frames – named #1 by Wirecutter –  by using promo code FEED at checkout. This deal is exclusive to listeners, and frames sell out fast,  so order yours now to get it in time for the holidays!

Uncommon Goods has something for everyone – you’ll find thousands of new gift ideas that you won’t find anywhere else, and you’ll be supporting artists and small, independent businesses. To get 15% off your next gift, go to UNCOMMONGOODS.com/FEED

LinkedIn: Post your job for free at linkedin.com/oneyoufeed. Terms and conditions apply.

patreon

If you enjoy our podcast and find value in our content, please consider supporting the show. By joining our Patreon Community, you’ll receive exclusive content only available on Patreon!  Click here to learn more!!

Episode Transcript:

Amanda Martell 00:00:00  Even smart people totally overestimate themselves. They just do it across, maybe like a slightly smaller spectrum of subjects. But people of all intelligence levels and levels of expertise are out here over crediting themselves with positive outcomes and predicting that they know more than they do.

Chris Forbes 00:00:28  Welcome to the one you feed. Throughout time, great thinkers have recognized the importance of the thoughts. We have quotes like garbage in, garbage out or you are what you think ring true. And yet for many of us, our thoughts don’t strengthen or empower us. We tend toward negativity, self-pity, jealousy, or fear. We see what we don’t have instead of what we do. We think things that hold us back and dampen our spirit. But it’s not just about thinking. Our actions matter. It takes conscious, consistent and creative effort to make a life worth living. This podcast is about how other people keep themselves moving in the right direction, how they feed their good wolf.

Eric Zimmer 00:01:13  A lot of modern self-help is basically this promise. If you think the right thoughts, everyone will finally make sense. And when life doesn’t cooperate, we don’t stop. We double down. In today’s episode, Amanda Montell  helps us name what’s happening underneath that urge. We talk about how manifestation can slide into the same mental machinery as conspiracy thinking. Our need for proportional, satisfying explanations. We also dig into sunk costs, why we stay in bad situations, keep defending old stories, and reach for additive fixes when the real solution might be subtraction. Amanda brings humor, nuance, and a really steady lens for the chaos of the information age, especially if you’re someone who overthinking everything and still feels like you’re missing the point. I’m Eric Zimmer and this is the one you feed. Hi, Amanda, welcome to the show.

Amanda Martell 00:02:09  Thank you for having me.

Eric Zimmer 00:02:10  I’m excited to have you on. I’ve admired your work in your podcasts and your previous books for a number of years, so it’s great to finally get to catch up. And we’re going to be discussing your book called The Age of Magical Overthinking: Notes on Modern Irrationality. But before we get to that, we’ll start in the way that we always do with the parable.

Eric Zimmer 00:02:32  And in the parable, there’s a grandparent who is talking with their grandchild. They say, in life there are two wolves inside of us that are always at battle. One is a good wolf, which represents things like kindness and bravery and love, and the other is a bad wolf, which represents things like greed and hatred and fear. And the grandchild stops. I think about it for a second. They look up at their grandparent and they say, well, which one wins? And the grandparent says the one you feed. So I’d like to start off by asking you what that parable means to you in your life and in the work that you do.

Amanda Martell 00:03:06  Oh, well, I could take this in a number of different directions. The first thing that comes to mind is the fact that this parable has been mummified so extensively. I see all the time, and in fact, I do believe that I have shared a meme along the lines of like within every woman there are two wolves. It tends to be like pretty feminine coded.

Amanda Martell 00:03:31  The memes that that I see, I don’t know if that’s my algorithm or. Yeah, just I don’t know the irony of like putting a wolf inside a woman, I don’t know, but,

Eric Zimmer 00:03:39  My favorite is you have two wolves inside of you, and they’re both depressed.

Amanda Martell 00:03:44  Yeah, yeah, yeah. No, I love was it, Walt Whitman who said that? Like, everyone contains multitudes, and I love the meme that’s like. And most of those bitches are gotta go, like, you know. So I love taking, like, a pretty earnest parable and twisting it. And the meme community, I mean, many folklorists that I’ve interviewed would say that memes are our new legends and parables. And so, yeah, this one has been a spread in pretty funny and ironic and hyperbolic ways, which I enjoy. And yeah, and it also makes me think of how oftentimes our legends and idioms and cultural expressions will divide things into binaries, which isn’t necessarily how life naturally is. But we we do that in order to make sense of it, to make life feel orderly and manageable and easier.

Amanda Martell 00:04:43  On our decision making skills, I also think about how it is true that we get better at what we practice. And so if we practice feelings of bitterness and greed and lean into cathartic anger more than positive feelings than we will get better at expressing ourselves in those ways. And Freud’s catharsis theory was wrong. And if you, you know, rage about something, you’re you’re not going to get it out of your system. You’re just going to get better at raging. And yet, you know, we can’t be positive all the time. So it’s both and both and and sort of overcoming those binaries. And that split between logic and emotion is part of my personal life’s work and my professional life’s work, and definitely a huge theme in the age of magical overthinking.

Eric Zimmer 00:05:37  Yeah, everything you said I relate with so much. I mean, I started this 11 years ago, so if I was starting a podcast today, this is not the way I would start it, because I almost avoid binary thinking to such an extreme in the way I process the world that it’s almost like a personality tic.

Eric Zimmer 00:05:55  And yet here I have this parable right behind me. I’ve got these two wolves. But the other thing that you said there that I had highlighted is somewhere in the book you were just talking about, like this idea like of, of raging gets the rage out and you say somewhere in the book, there’s no evidence to show that you ever feel better for acting badly.

Amanda Martell 00:06:15  Yeah. Yeah. Well, I talk a little bit about this in chapter in the book called The Shit Talking Hypothesis. I guess I’ll give like a little bit of context. The book is about irrationality in the modern age, in the information age, and the way I approach it is that every chapter is kind of themed around a different cognitive bias, some of which are really well known, like confirmation bias and some cost fallacy, and some of which are lesser known, but have these cool names like the Halo effect and the Ikea effect. Hundreds of cognitive biases have been described over the years by psychologists, behavioral economists. But I essentially picked, you know, my faves and To use them as a lens to explore various irrationality that are a product of the information age, both from the zeitgeist and my own life.

Amanda Martell 00:07:02  Whether I’m talking about, you know, the extreme cycles of celebrity worship and dethronement that we see in society so often, or in the case of this chapter, which is about zero sum bias, this sort of scarcity minded, deeply, deeply ingrained intuition that once developed in order to help us survive and hoard important resources like food and mates during a time when those things really were limited. Now we sort of map those zero sum intuitions on contemporary occurrences that our intuitions are so savvy about, like cloud and followers or beauty, you know, all kinds of abstract forms of currency or resources. And sometimes we attempt to correct that scarcity minded urgency or rage by talking people or disparaging them or, you know, finding flaws in them as an attempt to elevate our own clout. And yet, you know, research into gossip and shit, talking and emotions and catharsis has shown that when we speak negatively about other people behind their back in real life, that accomplishes something called spontaneous trait transference, where we actually adopt the qualities that we’re critiquing in that person.

Amanda Martell 00:08:22  And yeah, like if we continuously shit, talk and rage in, you know, unproductive ways, it ends up just kind of, negatively impacting our own self-esteem and our own perception by others.

Eric Zimmer 00:08:36  Stay with this for a second. Then I’m going to zoom back out to, to the book. But we kind of dived into one chapter. But while we’re here, I loved something that you talked about in here called the Shine Theory, because you’re talking about how you would do this, right. You would talk people who you were perhaps envious of. And I think we all have a tendency towards that. The shining theory is kind of the opposite. Tell me about that.

Amanda Martell 00:09:00  Yeah, well, this term shine theory was coined by An Fridman and Aminata Sow and piece that wrote together. They they’re these two, like, writers and best friends and they’re they’re amazing. But there was this fantastic viral 2013 piece in the cut where Anne Friedman spoke about how women, in particular are famously pitted against one another in society.

Amanda Martell 00:09:24  And there are a number of reasons for that. One of which is that, you know, there are actually fewer positions in, in public life and powerful rooms for women. And so we often get really, really competitive with one another. And that can apply to, you know, like social situations in high school or, you know, professional situations for adults. And it can also apply to social media situations where, you know, I think a lot of people can probably relate to this super uncanny experience where, you know, we’re chilling on our phones and our algorithm serves us an account of someone who makes us feel immediately inferior. You know, it’s someone who, like, literally doesn’t have any effect on our life whatsoever. It’s a perfect stranger, but it’s someone who, you know, has our haircut, but a little shaker or, you know, a similar style to us, but more aspirational. Or, you know, their career seems to be going a little better. And I have had this experience, so many times.

Amanda Martell 00:10:23  And at first, my approach to those feelings of scarcity and competition and inferiority would be to like, doom, spiral and go down a rabbit hole of like stalking this person’s background and credentials to see how, like, I’m actually better than them. I would sort of yeah, like word vomit about them to my loved ones and inside of my own head. They would live rent free in my head. And then, you know, I started writing this chapter and learning more about cognitive biases for this book. And, you know, embarking on my own sort of psych psychology journey and journey of self-reflection. And I realized based on an Friedman’s shine theory, which suggests that if you come across a woman who’s like, smart, cool, stylish, whatever. Don’t try to beat her. Try to befriend her. And she has this great line where she’s like, If Michelle Williams knows that, she shines brighter because of her proximity to Beyonce and is not instead dimmed by her proximity to Beyonce, then there’s hope for the rest of us.

Amanda Martell 00:11:23  It’s like this analogy where, you know, if you turn on a bright lamp and a slightly dimmer lamp next to it, like the whole room gets brighter. So if you come across a woman who you know you feel intimidated by, try to combine your light with hers and then it’s a win win. which really sort of goes against our zero sum intuitions. All of these behavioral economists found that we have this, like, really deeply ingrained win win aversion. Like, for some reason, like when we engage in monetary transactions or just like, move through life, we tend not to see situations as a win win, even though buyers or like buyers, yet rarely pay more for things than they really want to. And sellers rarely sell things for more than they’re worth and, you know, whatever. So it’s it’s just this, like, weird intuition that we have, but we can move past it. And that has been really impactful for me in my life. Now, when I come across a woman who I think is doing amazing instead of shame spiraling about her, I’ll like slide into her DMs and see if she might want to collaborate or get a coffee or, you know, and it doesn’t always lead to anything, but I’ve actually made some very real friends that way, and that feels a whole lot better.

Eric Zimmer 00:12:40  Do you ever do that? And then you DM them and they never reply and you end up disliking them even more on the other side of it.

Amanda Martell 00:12:48  No, it doesn’t backfire. You would think that. But oddly, like when I DM them, there’s like an immediate release of that because I’ve, like, done something about it. I’ve, like, exerted my agency somehow, you know, I’ve like taken the situation into my own hands and then it’s like, well, if they don’t respond, you know, maybe we’re really not meant to be. It’s a led to a successful outcome. Enough times that my morale is high enough to tolerate no reply.

Eric Zimmer 00:13:14  Yeah, 100%. I just had a long conversation with Faith salie about envy and this. It kind of ties very closely to this. And she talks about something called like inert envy. This is kind of the opposite of that, right? You’re moving that envy somewhere in some way. You know, you’re doing something with it. And my experience is almost always when I take a small, positive action about whatever is spinning around in here, I immediately feel better.

Eric Zimmer 00:13:42  It doesn’t always solve the problem. It doesn’t. But but there’s some relief in doing something useful.

Amanda Martell 00:13:48  Yeah, because I think in part it’s because it makes us feel like we’re a little bit more in control of our destiny and that life isn’t just happening to us. And yeah, we’re like building. We’re building who we are. And like, I want to be a person who makes lemonade out of lemons or whatever. so even if, you know, the lemonade comes out tasting a little weird or I don’t yield like a big, delicious carafe of lemonade, then it’s still worth it. I’m still on that journey.

Eric Zimmer 00:14:19  So let’s zoom back out for the book for a second, because you talk about magical overthinking and you say, basically, we simultaneously overthink trivial matters. And I think complex ones say more about that.

Amanda Martell 00:14:32  Yeah, well, the sort of thesis of the book is predicated on this idea that our once useful cognitive biases, these deeply ingrained decision making shortcuts that developed in earlier human brains to help us understand the world enough to survive it, are now clashing with the information age and this hyper capitalist age, our consumerist age, the age of social media, when we’re forced to contend with more ideas in a day than most humans would ever encounter in a lifetime, and more human beings.

Amanda Martell 00:15:09  And it’s just a really, really psychologically overwhelming time. And we don’t even realize that these mental magic tricks, these cognitive biases that helped us for so long are at work, and we certainly don’t notice how damaging they can be. They’re helpful to, you know, moving through life with no confirmation bias or, you know, even no zero sum bias wouldn’t be realistic or good. We would, you know, agonize over every decision and probably just like, act really strangely and not very human, but I think becoming more aware of how these biases are creating conflicts in our lives where conflict need not be or are, you know, causing us to lose our critical thinking. I feel like critical thinking is such a buzzword now, but it’s been really helpful to me because it’s helped me feel less confused about my own irrational behaviors and less angry at other people’s irrational behaviors. But yeah, I think one side effect of this clash between our cognitive biases and the information age is that sometimes we overthink small matters to death, but we like blitz past complex deliberations that really deserve more care.

Eric Zimmer 00:16:41  I love what you said. You talk about some of these. Irrationality has had an evolutionary benefit at one point, maybe not so much now. And you call them a cognitive wisdom tooth, which I think is so funny because that’s exactly what it feels like. Or the other, you said, is it’s a legitimately useful trait that came along with or an inconvenient side effect. Scientists who say, call these a spandrel. I’d never heard that.

Amanda Martell 00:17:06  Yeah, I’d never heard of that either. But yeah, spandrels are just like leftover evolutionary quirks, I guess. But I think there’s a footnote that says the human chin is one example. Like when we used to have, like larger jaws that needed to be capable of like chomping on harder material. we we were, you know, our skulls were shaped differently, and there’s no longer a need for this, like, little piece of bone that makes up the human chin. But we have it anyway. And, yeah, it’s to say that like our bodies and minds and those are the same things I need to keep reminding myself.

Amanda Martell 00:17:48  yeah. They’re not perfect. You know, there are these, like, Darwinist experiments that are just kind of like, reacting to our environment. But our environment has changed technologically and psychologically so much in recent history that, we have more spandrels than we know, and sometimes they can affect us in invisibly detrimental ways.

Eric Zimmer 00:18:12  Yeah. And I’ve always thought cognitive biases are interesting to look at because once you understand them, you can see them, right. Like if you just asked me right now, like what is not correct about the perspective you’re taking, I have no idea. I don’t there’s no place to answer that question because I’m seeing through what I see through. I can’t not do it. But a cognitive bias gives me a chance to say, well, hang on, is that happening here? Is this happening here? Because obviously our brains take huge shortcuts. And what we’re perceiving is reality is not that there’s not reality out there, but we are constructing an enormous amount of it.

Amanda Martell 00:18:49  It’s true.

Eric Zimmer 00:18:49  So you always are taking some perspective.

Eric Zimmer 00:18:52  There’s no view from nowhere. But cognitive biases allow us to look at that perspective from different angles more effectively, I think, than just wondering what we might be missing.

Amanda Martell 00:19:04  Yeah. And the cool thing about learning about these cognitive biases is that it allows me to feel more curious and skeptical about the way that my mind works, as opposed to defensive and judgmental. That goes for me and other people as well. And I was humbled by the process of writing a lot of these different chapters. For example, when I wrote up my book proposal for this book, because non-fiction books are so long proposal, not fully written manuscripts. one of the chapters I thought I wanted to write was about the Dunning-Kruger effect, which is this like concept where, you know, the the people who know the least about a subject think that they know the most. It’s like this thing that pundits always like to call upon to make themselves sound smart. It’s like, oh, that that person just is falling to the Dunning-Kruger effect, that doofus.

Amanda Martell 00:19:59  But then I started looking into it, and I came across a piece of reporting in like a McGill University publication that went and revisited the original Dunning-Kruger study and found that it actually didn’t say what we thought it said because in fact, like, even smart people totally overestimate themselves. They just do it across, maybe like a slightly smaller spectrum of subjects. But people of all intelligence levels and levels of expertise are out here over crediting themselves with positive outcomes and predicting that they know more than they do. And so instead, I rejigged that topic or that chapter to be about this phenomenon of overconfidence bias. And that was really humbling, because at first I was like, oh my God, overconfidence bias. I surely that does not apply to me. I’m a normal person, I hate myself, I’m an idiot. But as it turns out, like most people exhibit some level of overconfidence, even if it’s just moral overconfidence. Or, you know, we watch reality TV characters on screen and we think like, oh my God, I would never behave that way in that environment.

Amanda Martell 00:21:10  But really, we have no idea. And, you know, there have been really fascinating studies conducted. There’s this great book called The Knowledge Illusion. And there was a fantastic study in in that book. And I also cited where study participants were asked if they knew how simple objects worked, like zippers and toilets, and they were all like, yeah, I’m not an idiot. Of course I do. And then they were asked to write these, like step by step breakdowns of how the objects actually worked, and asked to reevaluate their level of knowledge of those objects. And they realized like, oh my God, I actually don’t know how toilet works or like, I don’t know how super works. And so they were kind of like showing their own tosses. And I think that happens all the time. And that happens to me too. And it definitely happens more in the information age, because there’s just more to know and more to convince ourselves that we know. And so, yeah, it was a humbling experience writing this book.

Eric Zimmer 00:22:04  Yeah. There’s so many things in what you said there that I relate with. The last piece is I don’t know what I was reading, but it referenced an essay from the 50s called Eye Pencil, and the person in it basically said, there’s no human alive. That can tell you how. One human could tell you how to make a pencil, because there are so many different subsets of knowledge that go into all the stuff that has to come together, that no one person has it all. And that’s a pencil. I mean.

Amanda Martell 00:22:35  Totally.

Eric Zimmer 00:22:36  You know, that’s a very useful and humbling way to see the world.

Amanda Martell 00:22:40  100%. And I remember while writing that chapter, I also learned that, ironically, it’s actually other people’s expertise that makes us feel like we know more than we do, because humans are so good at learning from one another and collaborating. That’s one of the reasons why our species has, I want to say, thrived. To put it optimistically, I’ll say thrive. grow so much.

Amanda Martell 00:23:05  And yet it sort of like, blurs these cognitive boundaries where like, because, you know, I might work so harmoniously. My, my husband’s a film composer, and I have collaborated with him in the past, and our collaborations have been so close and so intimate that sometimes I think I know about film composing, because he does. And, you know, sometimes we think we know things just because we’ve googled them, but we’ve, like, forgotten everything we learned when we googled them. So it’s actually like that very thing where like, it takes, you know, a hundred different types of expertise to put a pencil together. But all of those people think they know how to put a pencil together because they helped do it.

Eric Zimmer 00:23:47  When my partner and I, when she and I listen to an audiobook, she is frequently stopping and asking questions. And it’s stuff that I’m going right by because I think I know. But when she asked the question, I’m like, well, I got you. I don’t really know how to.

Eric Zimmer 00:24:02  I’m not, I don’t know exactly like and if I’m not, I’ve shared it with her that like sometimes I get irritated by that because I think I think as a child I was praised. I think we all are to some degree by knowing, you know, the answer. You know, I was I was a smart child. I was supposed to do that. And so when I don’t know the answer, I don’t like it.

Amanda Martell 00:24:23  Right? Right. It affects our self-esteem.

Eric Zimmer 00:24:25  Yeah, exactly. And so I’ve kind of noticed this. Like, why am I getting irritated with her asking questions and I’m like, oh. And so now it’s kind of an open conversation between us. She’ll be like, am I asking too many questions? And I’m like, yeah, I’d just like to listen to the book. It opens up that idea of knowledge. And then the other thing that you were saying I was thinking about is that our brain spins up stories so fast that we’re convinced we were right. And I was able to watch this in Jenny’s mom, who had Alzheimer’s.

Eric Zimmer 00:24:52  And we took care of her for six years. And what I watched was she has no idea about a whole lot of things, but when you would ask her a question about something, she would spin up a story that had no relation to reality because you could see it. But she believed it instantly and completely, and it was just wild to watch it. Sometimes when you you see something in the extreme, you’re able to be like, oh, look at that process and know that I’m doing the same thing. My brain works a little bit better than hers, but it doesn’t work perfectly. I don’t, you know, like I’m doing that all the time, too. I just think it’s fascinating.

Amanda Martell 00:25:30  Oh, definitely. Oh my gosh. Yeah. I mean, I say in the book and this has been said so many times by so many brilliant people, but human beings are like the only species that makes up stories about the world in order to understand it. You know, like, we are narrative people.

Amanda Martell 00:25:47  We we tell ourselves stories in order to remember things, in order to make sense of things, in order to convince ourselves that we understand. Even if, you know, the nuts and bolts of those stories are like totally fictitious, like stories make us feel like we know things.

Eric Zimmer 00:26:25  Before we dive back into the conversation, let me ask you something. What’s one thing that has been holding you back lately. You know that it’s there. You’ve tried to push past it, but somehow it keeps getting in the way. You’re not alone in this. And I’ve identified six major saboteurs of self-control. Things like autopilot behavior, self-doubt, emotional escapism that quietly derail our best intentions. But here’s the good news you can outsmart them. And I’ve put together a free guide to help you spot these hidden obstacles and give you simple, actionable strategies that you can use to regain control. Download the free guide now at one eufy Dot net and take the first step towards getting back on track. So I’d like to move to a chapter called I swear I manifested this because a this sort of thinking kind of drives me a little bit crazy, but I’d love to talk about it, because the thing that you were really talking about is that even this concept of manifestation is a form of a conspiracy theory, and you describe conspiracy theories as a sense making narrative that offers satisfying explanations for confounding turn of events.

Eric Zimmer 00:27:44  Talk more, because framing it like that changes a whole lot of ways of thinking about.

Amanda Martell 00:27:48  Yeah. Well, as I was thinking about the topics that I wanted to cover in this book because I could have written, you know, 200 chapters, about 200 biases, I kept coming back to this, this story that I had done some reporting for a few years ago when I was promoting my second book, cultish, and the story was about this kind of cult followed manifestation guru, sort of new agey pseudo therapist on social media. And I was really fascinated by this, because her popularity was really on the rise during Covid and during a time when the conspiracist movement was really emerging. And that’s a portmanteau of the words spirituality and conspiracy theorist. And it describes this sort of unlikely crossover of believers who subscribe to both the idea that we’re on the brink of a paradigm shift in consciousness, which is this like new agey concept, and also the conspiratorial idea that there’s this like evil cabal of elites that is secretly controlling the sociopolitical order.

Amanda Martell 00:28:57  And so the conspiracy theorists are the sort of people who, like, I don’t know, you might see wearing boho clothing, but also like marching shoulder to shoulder with hardcore, you know, MAGA, QAnon. And again, it seems unlikely, but they like, share some ideology. And, some of those types of believers were really subscribing to this manifestation guru online. And I was so curious as to what was going on psychologically with them. And then I came across this cognitive bias called proportionality bias, which describes our tendency to think that big events, or even just big feelings, must have had a big cause. The only way for an epic tragedy to make proportional sense would be for it to have had this really, like, big on purpose, cause it’s this misattribution of cause and effect in order to make sense of the world. So, you know, it’s when conspiracy theorists say that Princess Diana’s death had to be on purpose by the British government or the royal family, it couldn’t have just been the result of this, like freak accident or, you know, Covid had to have been engineered on purpose.

Amanda Martell 00:30:13  It couldn’t have just been the result of, like, this accident or small misfortunes or whatever. It just it doesn’t feel good to imagine that the universe doesn’t operate in this proportional way. We like harmonious proportions as human beings. Again, we tell ourselves these stories. And proportionality. Bias is the bias that is most commonly used to explain traditional conspiratorial thinking. But I couldn’t help but notice that it also completely justifies ideas of manifestation or, you know, the law of attraction. This idea that, like you were once, you know, financially struggling and romantically unlucky and now you’re, you know, thriving financially and have a spouse was because you, you know, vision boarded your way to it or, you know, you, you kind of did like a reverse conspiracy theory, like you, you know, attracted this, positive outcome on purpose. and so, yeah, I kind of I made this argument in, in the book that these misattribution of cause and effect can be helpful in a way of like psychologically managing the world, but also can be taken too far and exploited by, you know, capitalistic, selfish gurus online to a cultish end.

Amanda Martell 00:31:30  And conspiracy theories aren’t always exactly the sort of like weird guy on fortune in your mom’s basement stereotype that you might think, right?

Eric Zimmer 00:31:39  I mean, I think it’s all bound up in this idea that everything must have a reason or a purpose. Yeah, and it’s deeply disconcerting to think that’s not true. Totally. I don’t know if you know Brian Klaus in his book called fluke.

Amanda Martell 00:31:56  Oh, I’ve heard of it, yes.

Eric Zimmer 00:31:57  Yeah. You you would love it. You would love it. He’s a he’s a great writer, but he starts off with the. And I’ve told this on the podcast about eight times now. He starts off by telling the story of Hiroshima and the bombing. And originally Kyoto was on the list.

Amanda Martell 00:32:12  I know the story.

Eric Zimmer 00:32:13  Yeah, you know the story. And it didn’t happen because the guy who had just been elected to be minister of the war went with his wife there like 20 years ago. That is a deeply disconcerting thing, to think that that is the reason that one group of people were bombed and another was like, I think that’s the way the world actually works.

Eric Zimmer 00:32:34  But he says that there’s a way that that offers peace. And I think in some ways it does. But I also think it’s deeply disconcerting.

Amanda Martell 00:32:40  Yeah, it feels unjust and disproportional. It’s like, how can this massive calamity have come about in this place, this very specific, important place for all the people who live there because of this sort of capricious decision that does not feel good to us. And so, so many belief systems are actually predicated on making, you know, proportionality, bias front and center, unconsciously, of course. I really wanted to share some of that reporting that I had done on that particular guru and discovering how this bias applies to not only traditional conspiracy theories, but also ideas of manifestation felt like the right way to do it.

Eric Zimmer 00:33:26  And what’s really interesting is the flip that you make is that traditional conspiracy theory points outwards. Right. If somebody else did this thing, but some of this manifestation and Law of Attraction stuff flips it inwards. Right. That’s right. You’re the cause of things.

Eric Zimmer 00:33:44  And you talk about how trauma has been one of those things. It has a useful frame, it has some value. And it’s been, you know, used kind of way out of proportion. But it’s an explanation.

Amanda Martell 00:33:58  That’s right. Yeah. Something that this figure that I was reporting on but also so many sort of like new agey pseudo therapist types online will say is that the reason why you’re suffering is because you have unresolved childhood trauma. You have not done enough to heal yourself. And it really connects to this kind of toxic, positive meritocracy myth that has existed since the dawn of this nation. You know, like these. Law of attraction. Kind of self-help ideas really resonate here in the land of the American Dream for a reason. but yeah, it it can be empowering to a point to know that, like, we we do. We do. I mean, we can have a debate about free will, but we do. We do have some control of our lives and things like mindfulness meditation and reframing and taking action.

Amanda Martell 00:34:53  Those things do work, of course. But to a point, some of these figures will exploit people’s victim blaming and will communicate things like, you know, only, only you and your internal metaphysical journey can change your circumstances. And I am the only person who can shepherd you through that journey. And that’s what I think is exploitative and problematic. And it’s, again, this clash between this once useful cognitive bias of proportionality bias, which, you know, developed for a sensible reason, like there was once a time in human history where like, yeah, big things were caused. You know, it’s like a big rock falling from a cliff was probably because there was a big storm, you know, like it was it was that simple. And things aren’t, aren’t so simple and physical anymore. So yeah.

Eric Zimmer 00:35:46  Things are are definitely not simple. Is there a bias for just wanting a simple answer? In general, across the board seems to be a default thing. Like give me the easy answer.

Amanda Martell 00:36:02  Yeah, definitely.

Amanda Martell 00:36:04  And the weird thing is, is like sometimes the easy answer is the answer. What what bias is that? I’m going to look it up right now. What cognitive bias can explain our desire for easy Yeah. I mean, it’s a combination of like availability heuristics, simplicity bias, confirmation bias. It’s very rare that any of these biases will work so low. there’s normally like a lot of them going on at once.

Eric Zimmer 00:36:37  They travel in packs.

Amanda Martell 00:36:39  They do, they do. They’re they’re pack animals, these biases. And they, there’s like a domino effect too. Or like, if you’re zero sum bias kicks in, then your confirmation bias will enter the picture. And it’s a whole big unfortunate party of irrationality.

Eric Zimmer 00:36:55  Yeah, yeah. The point you make in there that I think is a really important point, and you just set it a little bit. I’m going to read what you wrote just to really kind of drive it home, because I think it’s important. You said, you know, we were talking about these mental health influencers.

Eric Zimmer 00:37:09  Most of them mean well enough. And they’re right about a lot of things. Beliefs about yourself do influence outcomes. Spirituality is shown to increase resilience. You can alter your reactions to certain stressors. You then go on to some big pharma things. I don’t need to go, but but I really like that because yes, yes, there are definite ways that we can change and improve our mental and emotional health, and there’s a whole lot sometimes that you can’t change. There’s a whole lot that there are bigger forces happening. You talk about this a little bit too. There’s a systematic factors, right? And and this show has been guilty, I would say to a large degree of we talk about the systematic factors, but then we come back to practical things that a person can do, because I feel like there’s something you can do with that.

Amanda Martell 00:38:04  But people like actionable takeaways that they can do, like tonight.

Eric Zimmer 00:38:09  But I think what I at least hope to do is continue to stress like none of it’s easy.

Eric Zimmer 00:38:16  None of it fixes what it is to be a human. None of it solves the human condition. There’s no fix for life.

Amanda Martell 00:38:23  Exactly. And sometimes when I come across these, like, little self-help nuggets of wisdom or even share them, because I do my Magical Overthinker podcast, which is kind of like an extension or a spin off of the book at the end of every episode. I always like to provide a little, you know, piece of evidence based advice for how we over thinkers can get out of our own heads that week. And sometimes it feels a little silly to share a story about how, like, looking at trees helps, you know, like slow down your heart rate or whatever. I’m just kind of making that up. But, there are some of these out there anyways. That is not going to cure systemic issues, medical racism, like all the all these like deeply, deeply problematic things that are keeping so many people unwell and and unsafe and unhappy. And yet I would venture to say that looking at a tree never hurt.

Amanda Martell 00:39:21  And so it’s both. You know, it’s both at once.

Eric Zimmer 00:39:24  Yeah, it is both. And I feel conflicted about this sometimes because I look at, like someone like, you know, we are drawn to people like Viktor Frankl, right? Who shows that even in the worst circumstances, the way he approached the world did make a difference in his experience of it in the worst conditions. And he’s a little bit of an outlier, right?

Amanda Martell 00:39:47  Like, totally. And we love those outlier stories.

Eric Zimmer 00:39:51  Exactly.

Amanda Martell 00:39:52  Yeah. They give us hope. I mean, it’s interesting because my earlier work is about cults and identifying cultish influence in everyday life. And part of the inspiration for that was that my dad grew up in a cult, and he has this, like, totally epic, like rags to riches, oppression to enlightenment type of story that I think is fascinating to hear. And, you know, maybe inspiring to some. But his story is is not like replicable. You know what I mean? Like he he had this like totally just like amazing tale.

Amanda Martell 00:40:30  And I don’t think anybody can like, vision board their way to what my dad experienced. And yet I don’t want to not share his story just because it isn’t easy to replicate. So these things are tricky.

Eric Zimmer 00:40:45  Yeah. I mean, my own story has a little bit of this because the, the, the narrative and you know, I’ve got a book come out. So we’re talking about the narrative more is, you know, at 24 I was a homeless heroin addict. I weighed £100. And now I’m in a very, very different place. And so there’s something there. And I also know that I got offered diversion instead of prison because I was a white man. Right. What difference would that have made? When I came out of treatment, I had places to go that weren’t back to a house full of drugs. I didn’t have children and I needed child care. On and on and on and on. Right. There are reasons we know that people recover. That helps. And of course, we see people who have all those things not recover.

Eric Zimmer 00:41:32  And we see people who have none of those things recover. And so there’s an element in there of okay. Yeah. Person is doing something. It’s not like I didn’t do anything, but I also I like what you said. It’s not replicable. Exactly.

Amanda Martell 00:41:46  Yeah.

Eric Zimmer 00:41:46  Because my situation is different.

Amanda Martell 00:41:49  This is why I take such issue with some of these cult followed self-help gurus online. Because they’re selling a system or like whatever. Yeah, a bespoke manifestation practice that I mean, it’s not the answer. and when someone is feeling vulnerable and is and is hoping that there is that simple answer that, you know, magic bullet or whatever it is. Sometimes the the people who have the most knowledge and nuance their their message is not rewarded by the algorithmic overlords and whoever else. And so, yeah, we have to be kind of vigilant out there.

Eric Zimmer 00:42:34  Yeah. Well, I’m the living proof of it doesn’t work. Nuance doesn’t work. It’s not an it doesn’t work on algorithms. I’ve tried and yet got to be who you are.

Eric Zimmer 00:42:45  I’m curious. Your book cultish made me think of Alcoholics Anonymous because I got sober in in a 12 step program, and I didn’t have time to read your your whole take on it. So I did what modern people do, and I asked ChatGPT what you believe about AA? Would you like to hear?

Amanda Martell 00:43:04  Yeah. What do I believe about a yeah, let’s hear what ChatGPT thinks I believe about AI. I don’t even know how it would know, but okay.

Eric Zimmer 00:43:11  ChatGPT believes that you have had conversations with people about some of the aspects of AA. Appear a little bit cultish. There’s the jargon that is used all the time, the oversimplification, all of that, and yet that it does turn out to be a relatively useful thing for people. Certain people?

Amanda Martell 00:43:30  For some people, yeah. Oh, this is a tricky one because UN sounds like a cult. My other podcast, years ago, we did do an episode on the cult of 12 step programs, and it was really hard to find a guest because, you know, these are like anonymous programs.

Amanda Martell 00:43:46  And the podcast was like smaller than and it was just so hard to find a guest. And then we finally did find someone who was willing to come on and talk about his experience. And his personal experience was quite favorable about the particular program that he was in, which, like, is valid for him. And that’s great. But we received feedback from people who who certainly did not have that experience in AA or other 12 step programs who felt like they were sexist and like all of the I mean, there’s no like unifying organizations. So every group is going to have like a different vibe and a different hierarchy and, you know, like different unspoken rules and rituals and whatever. And so we ended up doing a part two that brought the kind of counterargument. But yeah, I think AA is cultish, for sure. and it’s, you know, soft theology and certainly in the lingo, I mean, AA lingo was like the impetus for me writing my entire book about cult language. So, you know, it causes those, like, cult spidey senses to tingle in me.

Amanda Martell 00:44:57  But I also know that it has had a wildly positive effect on people that I know in my life, and that there are others who had a totally opposite experience. Is that what was represented in that chat?

Eric Zimmer 00:45:11  Pretty much, I don’t know. Yeah, pretty. Pretty much pretty much. I talk about it a lot because I don’t go to 12 step programs anymore. But they saved my life twice and so they were very beneficial. But in my book, I even have a little bit where I’m writing about like the cliches like, oh God, having to sit through it, it just again and again the repetition and the and yet some of them turned out to actually be pretty useful, which makes the intellectual enemy hate. But the alcoholic and addict in me that needed to stay alive, they were good for. And I think that the problem with trying to say anything about something like AA is that, as you said, it’s this huge thing. Every group is autonomous, which stops it ultimately from being a true cult.

Amanda Martell 00:45:59  Yeah, yeah, every individual group is.

Eric Zimmer 00:46:02  Within a group. You can get the cult penis. But the organization.

Amanda Martell 00:46:06  I mean, a cult can just be to people. Like, from the way I see it, like, it doesn’t. it? So if there’s an AA group that, like, really goes off the rails, then then yeah, I mean, I again, I conceive of cults as like on this spectrum and like something can be cultish without being, you know, the Manson’s. And that might be a group that, you know, you don’t want to be a part of. But exactly. AA is is a wiggly concept and very sensitive. And I don’t remember the statistics that we found on like what its actual success rate is. But it is curious to me and unfortunate and I guess just reflects like the taboo that addiction still is in our society, that it’s kind of like the only mainstream option for people who want to get sober. I know myself if I were in that position, I would really struggle with AA, just like the God stuff I would.

Amanda Martell 00:46:55  But but if my life was on the line and this was my option in front of me, I guess I would just have to freaking bite the bullet.

Eric Zimmer 00:47:02  So yeah, it’s tricky. There’s a whole lot more, I think, is the way that culture as a whole has become more spiritual, not religious. I think aa the same thing has sort of started to happen, but I’m not defending AA, actually, because I do think it’s nuanced. I think part of it also is that there’s just no one thing that’s going to fix an addiction. It is a complex multivariate syndrome that’s caused by so many different factors and so many different things to think that one organization could solve.

Amanda Martell 00:47:35  It has the answer. That’s right. Yeah, that’s a really good point.

Eric Zimmer 00:47:38  And the world’s come a long way in that there are more alternatives. AA is still the one. It’s free. It’s everywhere there. Yeah. But comparative me getting sober in 1995. I mean, it’s a different world out there right now.

Amanda Martell 00:47:52  Yeah, yeah. And I hope it continues to improve. I mean, especially with the fentanyl epidemic and everything. It’s just so unfortunate. And yeah, I, Oh, I had just a thought fly out of my head. It was a good one, and I don’t remember it. I don’t recall it. Maybe it’ll come to me. Oh, I was going to say. Do you want to know a fun fact I do. It’s actually not that fun. When I wrote cultish, when I was drafting that book, which was in like 2019, 2020. It was true that traditional religion was declining in the United States, but spiritual proclivities were as high as ever. But more recent Pew Research has found that actually, there’s been this sort of chilling re embrace of traditional religion which can be chalked up to, I don’t know, any number of factors from just like the increasing rise of conservatism and like the manosphere and specifically men are more young men are more religious than young women, which is like a curveball, because historically that’s not been the case.

Amanda Martell 00:48:55  also like people who had atheist parents might be, like rebelling against their atheist parents in an ironic turn. And and then, yeah, just like the longing for community and this loneliness epidemic. It’s it’s weird. It’s weird how, like, you know, there are, like, hipster Catholics and Mormons and evangelicals and Protestants now it’s like, what’s happening.

Eric Zimmer 00:49:14  That is very interesting. There’s always been hipster evangelicals. They’ve they’ve been true. They’ve been lurking, you know, for I bump.

Amanda Martell 00:49:22  Into.

Eric Zimmer 00:49:23  Very often,

Amanda Martell 00:49:25  Don’t.

Eric Zimmer 00:49:25  I know it? But I do think it’s very interesting. Okay. Before we run out of time, though, I want to turn to a chapter called A Toxic Relationship is Just a Cult of one. Back to your point about a cult can be two people. It’s about the sunk cost fallacy, and I want to hit a particular part of this, even though I’d love to hear you. Why don’t you tell the basic story and then I’ll get my point in.

Amanda Martell 00:49:45  Sure.

Amanda Martell 00:49:46  Yeah. Well, this is probably the most sort of memoir, mystic, vulnerable chapter in the book that attempts to understand through the cognitive bias of the sunk cost fallacy, my decision to spend seven of my formative years in a romantic relationship that was quite cult like and that I knew logically was not serving me and not making me happy or fulfilled in any way whatsoever. But I kept doubling down and hoping that the the wind that I had invested in was coming in just around the corner. And I came across a philosophy paper about the sunk cost fallacy, sort of defending it by this philosopher named Ryan Doody. We won’t laugh too hard at his last name, but, you know, he was defending that. The sunk cost fallacy is actually not that fallacious. When you think about human beings as social creatures who want to create, you know, a positive impression of their decision making track record. And if you’re constantly, you know, going back on decisions that you made, it might make you seem like this erratic loose cannon.

Amanda Martell 00:50:53  And yeah, there might have been benefits to me staying in that relationship for so long and seeming really stable, even though I really wish I hadn’t. And, I, yeah, I sort of moved through the story of that relationship, referencing that study and others about related concepts like additive solution bias. And yeah, that chapter has a really helped me process my own personal experiences.

Eric Zimmer 00:51:17  Yeah, it’s beautifully written. It’s sad that you went through that. And I think you you worked your way through a lot of the pieces of it here. That idea of the sunk cost bias being it goes back to what we talked about before. We’re narrative creatures, right. And so you say we’re each tasked with a creative challenge to weave the many choices we’ve made over the years into a cohesive and flattering story about who we are. We do this almost automatically. We can’t help ourselves. Come to think of it, I do it throughout the whole book, which I love, but I never thought of the sunk cost theory in that way.

Eric Zimmer 00:51:54  And I do think there’s a social benefit, but I also think there’s an internal benefit. Like it’s very hard to live in a state, and I’ve done it where, Are. You know you’re making the wrong decision all the time.

Amanda Martell 00:52:07  Yeah.

Eric Zimmer 00:52:07  I mean, I’ve got years of this in different domains in my life of there’s a deep knowing. And yet on the surface, there’s a whole lot of scurrying to try and make the story make sense and, and why and justify it to myself.

Amanda Martell 00:52:22  And yeah, we human beings do not like to look our bad decisions in the eye and are clearly willing and eager to do a lot of psychological gymnastics to justify our choices. It was interesting writing that chapter, because most of the literature that I came across about sunk cost fallacy talked about it in sort of an economic context, but it’s so obviously explained this decision to stay in this relationship that had never made sense to me before. I was really, I would like, kick myself for staying for so long in this clearly bad thing that was like causing, actually causing other people to judge me in certain ways or be confounded by my behavior.

Amanda Martell 00:53:07  You know, that’s one of the chapters in the book that, like I felt most healed by and even in a, you know, lower stakes context, I now think about the sunk cost fallacy and additive solution by us all the time. The definition of sunk cost fallacy is the tendency to think that resources already spent on an endeavor justify spending even more. And it’s related to this additive solution concept where we as human beings naturally, but especially growing up in in consumer society, think that in the face of a problem, the solution often involves like adding stuff like a person or a gadget, or a new outfit or whatever, or when sometimes the much more efficient solution is just to take something away and, you know, like as I was going through the most painful parts of that relationship, it like literally never occurred to me to just like, take the relationship away, like it’s ended in a lower stakes context, you know, now when I’m, I don’t know, Say, like cleaning my house or like, doing a little spring cleaning or decluttering, whatever.

Amanda Martell 00:54:07  Sometimes I’ll, like, look at my junk drawer and be like, oh, I just need like, I need to go to the Container Store. I like, buy some drawer organizers.

Eric Zimmer 00:54:14  It’s like, right, right.

Amanda Martell 00:54:16  You know.

Eric Zimmer 00:54:16  You just throw some things away. Yeah, yeah, yeah.

Amanda Martell 00:54:19  And I think there’s there’s even more of an incentive to double down on our decisions in the age of social media when, like so many people are watching us make decisions online, we might feel more social pressure to stick by that story that we’re weaving with our decisions.

Eric Zimmer 00:54:37  Yeah, I spent a lot of years in a really bad marriage, and I’m not blaming anybody. It was just objectively a bad marriage. And there were a lot of complicating factors. There were children involved. There was there was all sorts of stuff. There was me back into alcoholism, a whole lot of things. But when you had this part about the sunk cost bias, I was like, that makes sense, right? Because the whole time, Again, like I said, there’s a part of me that knows this.

Eric Zimmer 00:55:03  No no no no no. And yet I’m working really hard. And there’s also this idea that this goes back to the self-help Western idea. There’s a fix for this. There’s a way to fix this. And you say in one of my favorite parts of the book, you’d say what I’d say to my teenage self though, is that no one in history ever transformed from an asshole to a dreamboat just because their girlfriend really wanted them to. And that’s the magical thinking, right? That’s the magical thing, right? Which is that, like, something is going to change.

Amanda Martell 00:55:36  Yeah. I mean, all these concepts are related. You know, the sunk cost fallacy, manifestation, zero sum bias. You know, like, oh, if there’s like a scarcity of love, you know, it’s been amazing to understand or to be on this journey of understanding how imperfect our decision making shortcuts are and how badly they sometimes mix with the the pressures of today.

Eric Zimmer 00:56:04  But on a positive note, you were recently married, right?

Amanda Martell 00:56:07  Oh yes, yes I was.

Eric Zimmer 00:56:11  Congratulations.

Amanda Martell 00:56:12  Thank you. This past summer, the sun was not a factor in this decision, despite the fact that he and I have known each other for 20 years. Wow. We met in middle school during doing community theater together, and then we had, like, a little fling in high school that was very controversial because he was my brother’s best friend and it just wasn’t meant to be. So we parted ways, but then we reconnected in an unlikely way as adults. And, life had had brought us, you know, closer. And we yeah, we got married. And, that has been a very nice thing.

Eric Zimmer 00:56:45  And had you been dating a long time again now.

Amanda Martell 00:56:49  Before we got married. Yeah, we we were together for six years, okay. Before we got married.

Eric Zimmer 00:56:55  That’s not terribly long. Meaning? Like, if you had said to me like we’d been together 20 years and we decided to get married. I’d be like, why? Like what prompted a marriage? At this juncture, my partner and I.

Eric Zimmer 00:57:06  Jenny and I are kind of at this point where, like 11 years and we can’t. Neither of us really thinks it’s something we particularly care about doing.

Amanda Martell 00:57:14  Oh my God. I mean, I have a whole I have made many podcast episodes, including a magical overthinker episode about weddings and like me, working through my thought spirals about marriage and weddings and problems, using it and then finding my way back to it, but in a bespoke way. I’ve it has been a whole it has been a process, like wrapping my head around why this needed to happen and or not needed to, why we wanted it to happen. but it ultimately the way that we did it and the way that we have done it, it has ultimately been a really good thing and has meant a lot to my partner. Specifically, I actually proposed to him and like, he was kind of like the bride, if you will. That was, like, really key in making this whole thing feel right. I’ve told the story of of this whole thing on a couple podcasts in the past.

Amanda Martell 00:58:10  So it was not a decision made on a whim. I’ll put it that way.

Eric Zimmer 00:58:13  You wouldn’t happen to be an overthinker, would you?

Amanda Martell 00:58:17  Know, I don’t know why you would ever think of that about me.

Eric Zimmer 00:58:22  Before we wrap up, I want you to think about this. Have you ever ended the day feeling like your choices didn’t quite match the person you wanted to be? Maybe it was autopilot mode or self-doubt that made it harder to stick to your goals. And that’s exactly why I created The Six Saboteurs of Self-control. It’s a free guide to help you recognize the hidden patterns that hold you back and give you simple, effective strategies to break through them. If you’re ready to take back control and start making lasting changes. Download your copy now. At once you get. Let’s make those shifts happen starting today. One Eufy. Net book. Well, thank you so much for coming on the show. I really did enjoy the book. It’s it’s beautifully written and it’s very insightful in a lot of places.

Eric Zimmer 00:59:14  We only got to touch on a very little of it. But thank you.

Amanda Martell 00:59:17  Appreciate that. Thank you so much. Thank you for having me. This has been such a great conversation, I appreciate it.

Eric Zimmer 00:59:22  Thank you so much for listening to the show. If you found this conversation helpful, inspiring, or thought provoking, I’d love for you to share it with a friend. Share it from one person to another is the lifeblood of what we do. We don’t have a big budget, and I’m certainly not a celebrity, but we have something even better. And that’s you just hit the share button on your podcast app, or send a quick text with the episode link to someone who might enjoy it. Your support means the world, and together we can spread wisdom one episode at a time. Thank you for being part of the One You Feed community.

Filed Under: Featured, Podcast Episode

From Chaos to Calm: Why Your Environment Shapes Your Habits and Happiness with Gretchen Rubin

January 9, 2026 Leave a Comment

from chaos to calm
Watch on YouTube
Listen on Spotify
Listen on Apple Podcast

If you’re feeling overwhelmed and don’t have the luxury of doing less, Overwhelm Is Optional offers simple tools you can use in under ten minutes a day. Learn more at oneyoufeed.net/overwhelm

In this episode, Gretchen Rubin shares how to go from chaos to calm and why your environment shapes your habits and happiness. She explores how organizing and decluttering physical spaces can boost mental clarity and emotional well-being. Gretchen also shares practical strategies for habit change, discusses individual differences in preferences for order, and explains how small environmental tweaks can make positive behaviors easier. The conversation also covers managing possessions, letting go of outdated identities, and making intentional life choices.

Exciting News!!! Coming in March, 2026, my new book, How a Little Becomes a Lot: The Art of Small Changes for a More Meaningful Life is now available for pre-orders!


Key Takeaways:

  • The relationship between outer order (organization and decluttering) and inner calm (mental and emotional well-being).
  • The impact of small environmental changes on habits, mood, and productivity.
  • The concept of “feeding the good wolf” from the parable of two wolves, emphasizing intentional living.
  • The significance of setting intentions or themes for the new year, such as choosing a “word of the year.”
  • The role of “ignition costs” in habit formation and how reducing friction can facilitate positive behaviors.
  • The varying responses individuals have to clutter and organization, including “clutter blind” individuals and “abundance lovers.”
  • The importance of monitoring habits and recognizing progress to encourage continued growth.
  • Strategies for managing possessions and making decisions about what to keep or discard.
  • The psychological challenges of letting go of items tied to past identities or aspirations.
  • The concept of “choosing the bigger life” as a decision-making framework to guide intentional choices.

Gretchen Rubin is an author, podcast host, and founder of The Happiness Project, helping create an ecosystem of imaginative products and tools to help people become happier, healthier, more productive, and more creative. Gretchen has been interviewed by Oprah, walked arm in arm with the Dalai Lama, and has even been an answer on Jeopardy. With her new book Outer Order Inner Calm: Declutter and Organize to make room for Happiness, Gretchen seeks to help people create an environment of order that can lead to a greater sense of inner calm and positivity. With her experience in the field, Gretchen encourages us to reflect on our values, goals, and objectives to create a life worth living.

Connect with Gretchen Rubin: Website | Twitter | Instagram | Facebook | YouTube

If you enjoyed this conversation with Gretchen Rubin, check out these other episodes:

Living Skillfully with Gretchen Rubin (2020)

Designing a Life That Supports You: Presence, Beauty, and the Power of Environment with Nate Berkus

By purchasing products and/or services from our sponsors, you are helping to support The One You Feed and we greatly appreciate it. Thank you!

This episode is sponsored by:

Aura Frames: For a limited time, save on the perfect gift by visiting AuraFrames.com /FEED to get $35 off Aura’s best-selling Carver Mat frames – named #1 by Wirecutter –  by using promo code FEED at checkout. This deal is exclusive to listeners, and frames sell out fast,  so order yours now to get it in time for the holidays!

Uncommon Goods has something for everyone – you’ll find thousands of new gift ideas that you won’t find anywhere else, and you’ll be supporting artists and small, independent businesses. To get 15% off your next gift, go to UNCOMMONGOODS.com/FEED

LinkedIn: Post your job for free at linkedin.com/oneyoufeed. Terms and conditions apply.

patreon

If you enjoy our podcast and find value in our content, please consider supporting the show. By joining our Patreon Community, you’ll receive exclusive content only available on Patreon!  Click here to learn more!!

Episode Transcript:

Eric Zimmer 00:01:04  I’m in a studio this week recording my audiobook, and I’ve been carrying this bag back and forth with my food, clothes, lozenges, tea. And as the week has gone on, the bag has gotten messier to the point that this morning it’s stressing me out. This episode is with Gretchen Rubin about what she calls outer order inner calm, and why getting organized isn’t a personality test. There’s no moral scorecard here. It’s about noticing what helps you feel steady and what quietly drains you. We talk about how small changes in your surroundings can lower stress and make good habits easier, not through willpower, but by reducing friction. Gretchen has a term for this. Ignition costs those tiny barriers that stop us before we even start. If you’ve been trying to change something your routines, your focus, your mood. This episode is a practical reminder that sometimes the fastest way forward is to change what’s around you. I’m Eric Zimmer and this is the one you feed. Hi, Gretchen, welcome to the show.

Gretchen Rubin 00:02:14  Hello. I’m so happy to be talking to you today.

Eric Zimmer 00:02:16  Yeah, I am really happy to have you back on. We’re going to be discussing a variety of things related to happiness to the new year.

Eric Zimmer 00:02:24  Primarily, we’re going to focus on one of your more recent books, which is called Outer Order Inner Calm Declutter and Organize to make more room for happiness. But I don’t think that will constrain the whole conversation. But before we get started, we have a traditional way of starting, which is that we talk about the parable. So in the parable, there’s a grandparent who’s talking with their grandchild, and they say, in life there are two wolves inside of us that are always at battle. One is a good wolf, which represents things like kindness and bravery and love, and the other is a bad wolf, which represents things like greed and hatred and fear. The grandchild stops and thinks about it for a second and looks up at their grandparent and says, well, which one wins? And the grandparent says, the one you feed. So I’d like to start off by asking you what that parable means to you and your life right now.

Gretchen Rubin 00:03:12  Well, I love that you start with this parable because I’m a huge fan of paradoxes and koans and teaching stories.

Gretchen Rubin 00:03:20  So I love a teaching story like this one, and I think it’s exactly right. One of the things I really focus on is this idea that by thinking about our aims and the kind of life that we want and how we can be happier, healthier, more productive and more creative, we can feed that wolf and we can think about, well, how would I feed that wolf? Like not just thinking like, I want my wolf to be bigger, but like, what are the kinds of things that would feed that wolf? And then also, if I want one wolf to shrink, what are the things that I would do that could take away from that wolf? What can I do with my conscious thoughts and actions to bring that about? So I love that it makes this a very concrete thing to imagine. And I think that when things are more concrete, it’s easier to keep them in mind.

Eric Zimmer 00:04:04  Yeah. As we move into 2023, I think that’s the year.

Gretchen Rubin 00:04:10  We’ve lost track.

Eric Zimmer 00:04:11  Some people do New Year’s resolutions.

Eric Zimmer 00:04:13  Other people pick a word for the year to orient them. Do you participate in any sort of New Year’s rethinking about things, and if so, have you done that yet? Or that’s yet to come this year?

Gretchen Rubin 00:04:24  Yes, I’m a big fan of using January 1st as sort of a catalyst for reflection. I mean, many people say, well, it’s an arbitrary date. We could do this at any time. But what I find is that things that can be done at any time are often done at no time. So it’s good to have a reminder. And whether that’s New Year’s Day or your birthday, or an important milestone or the solstice or whatever it is for you. And I like that. At January 1st, everybody’s sort of talking about it and kind of reminding each other to think about it. So yeah, I do make resolutions on the Happier With Gretchen Rubin podcast. My sister and I always pick a one word theme for the year. So for 2022, my theme was salt, which has a lot of kind of metaphorical meanings.

Gretchen Rubin 00:05:01  And I haven’t unveiled my word for 2023, but I think I’m like 95% committed to it has a lot. Again, it has layers of meaning. and then we also do something and it changes every year. So we did like a 20 for 20 list, a 21 for 21 list, 22 for 22 list, where we make a list of 23 things that we would like to get done in the year. And some of them are fun things. I always add a few things that I can do in like the next day. You know, I like the morale booster of having something to cross off, and then some are more ambitious and then, you know, some we’ve carried over from each of us on our list have carried over, you know, from year to year. But there’s still something that we want to get done. So we keep it on the list. So we don’t forget that it’s something that we want to do. And then also each year we do a challenge like we had walk 20 and 20 and rest 22 and 22, where you would rest for 22 minutes a day.

Gretchen Rubin 00:05:52  Join that challenge. And then again, we haven’t unveiled for 2023, but it’s a good way to sort of think about, well, what is something that most of us want to bring into our life? A lot of people are turned off by resolutions, like they have bad associations because they’ve like, maybe made and broken them in the past. So having a different way to set a name and think about, well, what would I do to achieve that aim? I think if it makes it feel more fun and more playful, people are more likely to engage with it.

Eric Zimmer 00:06:15  Yeah. That’s great. My editor, Chris, has a rest in 22, but his was 22 hours a day. Maybe he.

Gretchen Rubin 00:06:22  Oh.

Eric Zimmer 00:06:23  He may have got he.

Speaker 4 00:06:24  Got carried away that wrong. There you go. Get carried away.

Eric Zimmer 00:06:27  Yeah. And if you keep going you know, if you’re fortunate enough to be doing a podcast in 30 years, you’re going to be having like 55 things to do in a year.

Gretchen Rubin 00:06:35  No, no, no, we’ve thought about that.

Eric Zimmer 00:06:36  Okay. You’ve got a plan.

Gretchen Rubin 00:06:37  So we might do five plus five is ten. Or maybe it’s, you know, five or.

Speaker 4 00:06:42  Yeah. Got it.

Gretchen Rubin 00:06:42  We’ve already had listeners kind of flagging that for us because I think they’re sort of getting overwhelmed in advance. It’s like, no, no, no, there’s solutions for that. Creative solutions. And then sometimes people use it in a different way, Like they might say, I want to read 23 novels in 2023, or I want to try 23 new hikes in 2023. So again, like, you can use it or I want to do 20 things that are easy and three things that are harder. You know, it’s just the idea of there’s a lot of ways to interpret it, but it’s just to get you in the process of articulating an aim. And then, you know, once we articulate an aim, we’re a lot more likely to follow up on it than if we just sort of leave it banging around in our heads.

Eric Zimmer 00:07:18  Agreed. Yeah, the new year can have the ability to really jumpstart a way of thinking. I’ve experimented with having a word of the year the last couple of years, and I’m starting to wonder if, for me, I need a word for six months.

Gretchen Rubin 00:07:31  Interesting. That’s a great idea.

Eric Zimmer 00:07:34  It sort of seems to run out of energy for me in, you know, June, July, August. Now, maybe that’s a sign I need to recommit and double down at that point, but it might also just be a sign that, like, okay, I’ve really lived with that word and that idea, and I’m ready for something else to give me the energy to carry forward.

Gretchen Rubin 00:07:53  I have an idea for you.

Speaker 4 00:07:54  Okay.

Gretchen Rubin 00:07:55  Halfway day. So I was reading an essay about people on submarines, and apparently, at least on this one submarine, they would celebrate halfway day. And when the people would come onto the submarine, they would bring like a shoebox full that had been packed by, like, their friends and family, which they would keep closed.

Gretchen Rubin 00:08:12  And then on halfway day, they would all open it and get all these sort of mementos and things. And it was a way to celebrate the fact that they were halfway through their tour of duty. And I was just enchanted by this idea of halfway.

Speaker 4 00:08:22  To yes.

Gretchen Rubin 00:08:23  Because, again, it’s a catalyst to recommit. I love a catalyst, so I have like a whole calendar of catalysts. If people want like interesting creative ideas for catalysts like you used April 1st to think about money and savings because it’s 401 day.

Speaker 4 00:08:37  401 anyway. Yeah.

Gretchen Rubin 00:08:39  And so maybe for you, since you’ve noticed this about yourself, instead of trying to fight it and be like, ooh, I should double down, you should say like, hey, I’m ready for kind of like a new A refreshing view. Why don’t I celebrate halfway day with my new word? That could be fun.

Speaker 4 00:08:55  I.

Eric Zimmer 00:08:55  Like it, I’m going to run with it. I’m going to go with my intuition that half a year is enough.

Gretchen Rubin 00:09:00  What was your word last year? I’m curious.

Speaker 4 00:09:02  Love are.

Gretchen Rubin 00:09:03  A classic.

Speaker 4 00:09:05  Classic?

Eric Zimmer 00:09:06  Yeah. It was really for me. It’s about like I’ve done a lot of work over the years, really trying to live into the fact that love is an action. And I feel like I’ve gotten pretty good at that. Right? We all can improve, but I feel like I’ve got loving action. It’s a strength of mine. What I don’t have as much is the experience of feeling love moment to moment, day to day. Now, I know we’re not going to always be in it. For me, I wanted to try and connect more to the feelings of love, to actually have the experience of a feeling of love more. And as I did that, I actually realized, like I experienced it more than I thought I did. You know, I was sort of starting to connect the dots and be like, well, eight times today you’ve been in love with your dog. You know you’ve fallen in love with four new pieces of music this week, right? You feel warm and affectionate towards your partner a lot.

Eric Zimmer 00:10:00  You watch three TV shows that brought you to tears because they were so beautiful. Like I realized like, okay, I’m not bereft of it, maybe in the way I thought I was. So that became the learning more than I have to increase it. Although I did work on that, I became more conscious, like, oh, that’s actually there. It just needs a little nudge to the foreground.

Gretchen Rubin 00:10:20  You know, that’s so interesting because and Better Than Before is a book that I wrote about habit change, and I identified the 21 strategies we can use to make or break our habits. And one of the strategies is the strategy of monitoring. Because what the research shows is that when people monitor something, they tend to be better at doing it, even if they’re not trying to change it kind of moves them more in that direction.

Speaker 4 00:10:39  Yeah.

Gretchen Rubin 00:10:39  What I found also is that, like with monitoring, sometimes it’s very reassuring for something like, I want to spend more quality time with my child. Sometimes what people find is when they look, They’re like, actually, I’m doing a better job with this than I think that sometimes we get discouraged and we don’t give ourselves enough credit.

Gretchen Rubin 00:10:52  And it’s great for you to realize, like, actually, now that I’m shining a spotlight on this and really trying to pay attention to it, I realize that I am actually experiencing this more. And then by realizing that you’re experiencing it, you sort of do experience it more.

Speaker 4 00:11:04  That’s exactly it. Yeah.

Gretchen Rubin 00:11:05  It’s interesting. So it wasn’t even that you weren’t doing it. It’s just you weren’t realizing it sort of running under the level of sort of your conscious awareness.

Eric Zimmer 00:11:14  Yeah. I teach a program called Spiritual Habits, where we try and take spiritual principles and combine them with the habit of behavior change. And one of them is generosity. And, you know, one of the things that I say in that lesson is go be more generous. Another way to interpret this lesson is to look at all the ways you already are. And reconnect to those. Reconnect to the time you are spending with your kids is generous that it’s loving. Because again for whatever reason I always find as humans it’s so odd that we can be sort of doing and experiencing something, and yet completely sort of unaware that we’re doing and experiencing it.

Eric Zimmer 00:11:52  You know, sometimes, like it is, I call it sort of connecting the dots back, like just connect the dots back to what you’re doing or the ways that you already are living according to your values.

Gretchen Rubin 00:12:01  Well, it’s funny, I made these, like, sticky pads to sell and like some of them are. It’s a to do list, but another sticky pad is a to do list because I realized that for a lot of people, they’re constantly like, I’m not doing this, I’m not doing that. I’m procrastinating. Like, you know, the list gets longer and longer and you’re like, but you’re not giving yourself credit for all. It’s sort of like what we were saying about monitoring. We don’t realize about what we’ve done. And so for a lot of people making a to do list, they’ve got to do it and they’ve got to doubt, which is everything they’ve already done. And for many people, that’s very energizing and encouraging because they can sort of get hard on themselves, thinking about the things that are undone and not connecting the dots to think about the things that they have done.

Gretchen Rubin 00:12:36  And strangely, sometimes you can do more when you realize how far you’ve already come. Yeah. And so I think for some people that’s a really important, like you say, spiritual practice, which is, you know, what is my to do and what can I say that I’m already participating in?

Eric Zimmer 00:12:50  There’s a classic example of the gift I was talking about before the show that you have of taking a concept and giving it a very clever name to da list. Very good.

Speaker 4 00:12:58  Bravo. Thank you. Yes, I have to say, I.

Gretchen Rubin 00:13:01  Was proud of.

Speaker 4 00:13:02  That. I love, I love a.

Gretchen Rubin 00:13:04  Like a rhyming.

Speaker 4 00:13:05  Or symmetrical.

Gretchen Rubin 00:13:06  Yeah. The fluency bias. They call that.

Speaker 4 00:13:08  Yeah.

Eric Zimmer 00:13:08  Yep. Let’s talk a little bit about outer order inner calm. Because my first reaction to the declutter movement that showed up was one of sort of a profound non-interest. I don’t remember what the bestselling book by Marie Kondo that just went crazy. Right. And I just was like, well, I mean maybe it’s because I’m fairly tidy anyway.

Eric Zimmer 00:13:32  I don’t know. But when I heard your title Outer Order Inner Calm, I went, oh, okay. That actually connects a dot for me, right? That actually connects a dot that says, yeah, because the minute I heard that, I went, oh yeah, like I get that completely. When my outer environment is chaotic, I feel slightly chaotic. And so you said that in my study of happiness, I’ve realized that for most of us, outer order contributes to inner calm more than it should. So say a little bit about how you found your way into this.

Speaker 4 00:14:02  Well, because for.

Gretchen Rubin 00:14:03  Exactly what you’re saying, it’s like I felt this connection between sort of if there was chaos on the outside, it felt like there was chaos and me, and if I felt in control of my environment, I felt more in control of myself, which is an illusion. But it’s a helpful illusion. And when I talk to people just like you, it’s like there’s a connection there. And I remember a friend of mine said, you know, I finally cleaned out my fridge and now I know I can switch careers.

Speaker 4 00:14:26  And I thought, you know, I get it.

Gretchen Rubin 00:14:28  And people would say, like, I feel like when I clean out my closet, I feel just kind of this sense of energy and focus and, and and a sense of possibility. And I think kind of disproportionately because we can all agree that, like a crowded coat closet is not something that is like a significant. Relevance to whether you’re happy, healthy, productive, creative. And yet over and over. People reported that they did feel this connection, and it is something that it’s very much within our control. Also, it’s interesting where often by getting rid of things, whether that’s by donating them or fixing them or tossing them or recycling them or whatever’s appropriate, people feel more engaged in their environments, like they’re not fighting their way through stuff that doesn’t work or is broken, and so they feel more engaged with their things. If there are things connected to memories, they feel more in connection. Those memories feel kind of alive. The clutter of life gets wiped away.

Gretchen Rubin 00:15:20  And so it seems like one of these things where it really seemed like a minor thing. But then on the other hand, it seems like it’s actually kind of a major thing. And so I was just very interested in exploring that because I thought it was kind of surprising.

Speaker 4 00:15:33  Yeah.

Eric Zimmer 00:15:33  Well, in your work on habits, you and I both share a real interest in this, right? One of the things that becomes clear is that little things can often make a big difference. Yeah, right. Our environment is stupidly important. Yeah. The example I always give is the difference between my guitar sitting on a stand and sitting in a case, and every time I realize that when it’s on the stand, I play it way more. I feel like, what is the matter with you that that could possibly be it. Like, it takes two seconds to flip the case open, like. But it’s undeniably.

Speaker 4 00:16:04  True. Yeah.

Gretchen Rubin 00:16:05  And I’ll give you an example. Somebody just told me yesterday, so he was like, I wanted to ride my bike to work.

Gretchen Rubin 00:16:10  But I kept taking the car and I realized, like, I parked my bike, like around the corner. So it was kind of slightly more out of sight and like, chained it up there. And then I thought, you know what? It’s just like, I can’t be bothered to walk like the extra.

Speaker 4 00:16:21  Few.

Gretchen Rubin 00:16:21  Steps. I’m gonna put it right in front of my door. So I see it every time I walk out. And he’s like huge, huge increase in the number of times he bike to work. And he’s like, look, if my bike gets stolen, my bike gets stolen. But if I’m never riding my bike, it might as well be stolen.

Speaker 4 00:16:34  Because it’s just, you.

Gretchen Rubin 00:16:35  Know, and same thing. I mean, you think the difference between opening a case and not opening a case, how could that possibly make a difference? And yet it does. There’s this hilarious research showing that if you are at a salad bar, if people can use a spoon instead of tongs, they will take more food because like tongs are just too much work and people won’t take as much food because they just can’t be bothered to use tongs.

Gretchen Rubin 00:16:55  So you’re exactly right. Like, these very, very kind of laughably small changes can end up being quite significant. It’s really hilarious.

Eric Zimmer 00:17:05  Yeah. So one of the other things I think you do a really nice job of in your work is sort of recognizing not everybody’s the same, you know, your four tendencies is an example of this. So is outer order inner calm sort of work for everybody, or is there a group of people that it just doesn’t seem to matter. There seem to be people we know who have the crazy desk that we’re like, if that was my desk, I would jump off a bridge. But it seems to be what suits them, right?

Gretchen Rubin 00:17:31  Well, I think there’s a couple of different distinctions. One is that some people are truly clutter blind, and my co-host on happier with Gretchen Rubin is my sister Elizabeth, and my sister is clutter blind. So I’m very in touch with this. And these are people who just don’t see it. Yeah, it doesn’t back up on them because they just don’t see it.

Gretchen Rubin 00:17:47  My sister would never close a kitchen cabinet door for the rest of her life if she lived by herself. It doesn’t weigh on her the way it weighs on me. She’s just totally indifferent to it. And we know people like this. And I think for them, if they’re sort of like, well, why would I bother to do it? I’m like, well, why would you bother to do it? If you’re with other people and have to share an environment, then you have to figure out a way so everybody feels comfortable. But if it’s just your space, like there’s no magic to it, if you feel like you don’t feel any better doing it, don’t spend the time like it’s not important. So those are people who are clutter blind. But then there are people who are abundance lovers and simplicity lovers. And this is something I think, that you see where like one person it says like, well, a cluttered desk means a cluttered mind and like, they want bare counters and lots of room on the shelves and not much on the walls and kind of just, you know, one little bud vase and it’s like lots of simplicity.

Gretchen Rubin 00:18:34  And I count myself in this camp, much of the time. And then there are abundance lovers and abundance lovers, like profusion and choice and collections and buzz and a lot going on. And so they tend to like to be in environments where there is like maybe there are piles or there’s like a bunch of stuff on a coffee table or a lot of stuff on the shelves and simplicity lovers that can look like clutter. But to an abundance lover, what I consider to be kind of beautiful emptiness there like this looks sterile and stripped to me. Like there’s no life here. Like what’s going on. And again, no one’s right, no one’s wrong. It’s just a matter of preferences. And so if we have to share an environment, we need to figure it out. But it’s not like I’m right. You’re wrong or you’re right and I’m wrong. It’s just like, okay, I like it this way. You like it that way. How do we proceed?

Eric Zimmer 00:19:19  Yeah. I’m so grateful that my partner Jenny now and I have an exact same feeling on clutter.

Eric Zimmer 00:19:26  And that’s so great. Oh, it’s so good.

Speaker 5 00:19:29  It’s such a luxury.

Eric Zimmer 00:19:31  We both do it. And so I just notice everyone. So I think of it, it’s like, I don’t think we’ve ever had a conversation about put your stuff away. You know like from either side I don’t think there’s ever been a single conversation and that’s kind of remarkable.

Gretchen Rubin 00:19:45  Okay. And here’s my second question which is do you like to leave for the airport at the same time.

Eric Zimmer 00:19:51  Roughly.

Gretchen Rubin 00:19:51  Because if you match on both of those, you have saved yourself 50% of sweetheart arguments.

Eric Zimmer 00:19:56  I think we’re in the neighborhood.

Speaker 5 00:19:58  Okay, okay.

Eric Zimmer 00:19:59  I would cut it a little closer than okay.

Speaker 5 00:20:01  Okay.

Eric Zimmer 00:20:02  I’m not like, let’s get there 20 minutes. And she’s like, let’s get there three hours, you know?

Speaker 5 00:20:06  Okay. It’s manageable.

Eric Zimmer 00:20:07  An hour. And she’s like, we should have an hour. 15.

Speaker 5 00:20:10  Okay, okay.

Eric Zimmer 00:20:10  I did discover a new area of difference between us, though, which is that she gets near half a tank of gas and she immediately wants to get gas.

Eric Zimmer 00:20:18  And I will drive the thing just to the very brink. It actually comes up more often than you would think, because we have been driving from Columbus to Atlanta every month for the last six years, because we’ve had parents in both places that have needed care. So we encounter this a lot. I’m like, it’s fine, let’s just keep going. She’s like, no, we got to stop. But luckily we kind of joke about it and it’s not not a big deal.

Gretchen Rubin 00:20:40  You know, this would actually be kind of a funny list. Maybe I’ll write a funny list like this where it’s sort of like, not the big issues of being a couple. Like, how do you think about money savings and parenthood and stuff like that? It’s more like, how much time do you need to have at the airport? And yeah, I mean, these funny little things that it’s like they can really, though, in a relationship, end up taking up a lot of space. How do you feel about laundry? Like does laundry need to be in a basket? Can laundry be on the floor? How long can laundry be on the floor before it goes in the basket? You know, this kind of thing.

Eric Zimmer 00:21:11  You’re talking about dirty laundry.

Speaker 5 00:21:13  Yeah.

Eric Zimmer 00:21:14  Socks in the basket. In the basket.

Gretchen Rubin 00:21:16  Well, that’s a clutter related one. Okay, so this is fun. I bet there’s like ten questions that come up disproportionately. They cause more arguments than they should, given their importance to sort of the significant matters of a happy relationship and a happy life. Yeah. It’s funny.

Eric Zimmer 00:21:31  And then the other piece, of course, is that if the significant matters are well tended, it’s easier to laugh about the little ones. Whereas when the big things are a problem, everything becomes a problem.

Gretchen Rubin 00:21:42  Absolutely.

Eric Zimmer 00:21:43  I’ve been in those relationships where it’s just.

Gretchen Rubin 00:21:45  Like, it’s an excellent point.

Eric Zimmer 00:21:46  The airport thing is not about the airport thing. It’s about this fundamental issue in our in our relationship.

Gretchen Rubin 00:21:53  You’re not listening to me or you’re not.

Eric Zimmer 00:21:55  Exactly. Exactly right. Yep. Let’s talk a little bit about there’s a bunch of benefits of outer order that you list. And I’m going to go through a few of them. There’s nine of them.

Eric Zimmer 00:22:07  We’re not going to have time to go through them all, but I’m going to pick a couple. And one of them is that outer order creates a feeling of sanctuary. You say, I experience true leisure because I don’t feel pressured to jump up and deal with a mess.

Gretchen Rubin 00:22:21  Yeah, what a lot of people say is that they would be sort of theoretically kind of in their downtime, and yet they would feel this pressure to like get up and put things away. And, you know, they don’t feel comfortable in their own space, or they feel like they’re either putting off things that they should be doing and that made them feel guilty, or they were doing those things, and then they felt resentful because they weren’t getting the leisure time. And so when things are put away, you have that feeling of like, oh, this is a place that I can go to. I can be in my home and I have that feeling of rest. I have that feeling of kind of security. I have this feeling like this is a place where I can go to, like, recharge and refresh myself.

Gretchen Rubin 00:22:58  And I don’t feel like I’m just changing, you know, one set of obligations to another set of obligations with no place to sort of relax and recharge.

Eric Zimmer 00:23:41  You also say that outer order fosters peace within relationships? We were just kind of hitting this, right?

Gretchen Rubin 00:23:47  Yes, we were.

Eric Zimmer 00:23:48  Where, you know, I spend less time nagging at or arguing with other people. But what do you do if you and your partner or your housemates or your children have very different feelings on outer order? Inner calm.

Gretchen Rubin 00:24:03  As we’ve been talking about, this is just a very common source of conflict. And I think that one thing that’s important to remember is these are preferences, because a lot of times people will say, well, I’m right, and I’m going to tell you all the reasons that I’m right. But the thing is, somebody else can be like, well, I’m right. And I’m going to tell you all the reasons I’m right, because the fact is there really is no right or wrong. It’s a question of like, where do people feel comfortable? And if you’re sharing a space, you have to think about like, okay, well, how do we manage that? So people feel comfortable? and I have to say, somebody who’s pretty tidy.

Gretchen Rubin 00:24:32  Myself, I do have sympathy for the people who are saying like, look, I don’t care if the bed is made. If you want to make the bed, knock yourself out. But I don’t see why I should spend my time and energy to make a bed when it just gets unmade the next night. And it’s sort of like, right, if you don’t care, there’s no magic to it. And sometimes people want to be like, oh, but there is a magic to it. It’s like there’s only a magic to it if you care. I deeply commit to making my bed. I make my bed in a hotel room on the day I check out. I have to have a bed made, but I recognise that that’s my preference. And if somebody really doesn’t want to do that, that’s their preference.

Eric Zimmer 00:25:07  There’s no moral element to this, right?

Gretchen Rubin 00:25:09  And there’s no like, oh, you’re more creative, you’re more productive. There’s an amazing book by Mason Curry. I think it’s called Creative Rituals.

Gretchen Rubin 00:25:15  Anyway, he looks at the daily habits of like more than 100 very, very accomplished people musicians, writers, artists, choreographers, sculptors, scientists. And what you see is that they’re all over the place. Like one person stays up late. One person gets up early and one person drinks vodka. One person drinks coffee and one works in a crowded studio and one works in isolation. And so what you see is that they’re just very good at getting what they need in order to do the work that they want to do. And so there is no moral ground. There’s no magic to it. It feels like this is right, because this is what feels right to me. But of course, somebody else feels the other way. So you can think of things like maybe you say like, okay, these are the five things that really drive me bonkers. Can you agree to do these five things? But not everything but these five things. And then sometimes a person out of love will say, I will choose to do those things, because I know that it’s really important to you to feel comfortable in this space, but I’m not going to do the five through 15 things because that’s on you.

Gretchen Rubin 00:26:11  But I will put my dishes in the dishwasher, I’ll put my clothes in the basket, whatever, whatever it might be. Another thing is to kind of have your own space is like, maybe if you have a big enough place, it’s like, well, you’ve got an office, and if I see something of yours, I’m just going to throw it in your office and close the door. And then if you want it to be messy, it’s like, that’s your mess, that’s your space. And then you keep your stuff there. Or if, like, you’ve got a big project where there’s a lot of pieces that are out, you’re going to do it in your space. So I don’t have to look at that. We were talking earlier about convenience, and a lot of times when people are not good about keeping things orderly, it’s because it’s just a little bit too much trouble and I mean a tiny little bit too much trouble in my family. Like, people were just leaving their coats draped over chairs all the time, and I was just as bad as everybody else.

Gretchen Rubin 00:26:52  So none of us were hanging up our coats. So then I thought, well, what if we had hooks instead of hangers? And I also got rid of a lot of our coats that we weren’t wearing them because it was so crowded in our coat closet. You really had to, like, exert your force to jam them in. So I cleaned them out so it was easier to hang things up. And I put in tons of hooks. And now people will hang up their coats because you just put it on a hook. So it’s just that little bit of thing. Or like maybe the junk mail, you need to put a little recycling thing right near where you bring in your mail so you can just like put it there and anything you need, you, like put in the drawer so that it’s out of sight in safekeeping. And then you’ve gotten that done right away because it’s just that much more convenient. Or, you know, people who have baskets that they put at the top of the stairs, at the bottom of the stairs.

Gretchen Rubin 00:27:35  If you’re living in a house with stairs where it’s like anything that needs to go upstairs, you put it in the basket and then when you go up, you take it up. So there’s little things that you can do if you feel like, well, the people in my house are maybe not opposed to this, they’re just not very cooperative about this. Also, I do find if you go through and you really look at clutter from your stuff, you’re like, I want everybody else to be better about it. And they’re not, because that’s usually the complaint you hear is that, like, people are not orderly enough for me. If you really go through and really clear clutter, get rid of everything you don’t use, that doesn’t work that you don’t. You’re like, I don’t even know what this thing is. I don’t know why this is in our house. Get rid of it. I find that a lot of times people do do a better job, because the more space there is to put things away and where it’s more clear where things belong.

Gretchen Rubin 00:28:19  Okay. If I hand you a hammer, where does that hammer go? You should know where a hammer goes. What about stamps? What about batteries? What about a ruler? What about a passport? Yeah, all these things, they should have a place. And it sort of people are just more inclined to put things away when they’re like, this is where this thing goes.

Eric Zimmer 00:28:34  Absolutely.

Gretchen Rubin 00:28:35  And it’s not hard like that drawer when I open it will not, like, explode in my face because there’s so much stuff jammed in there. If it’s just like, that’s where it goes. So I think sometimes when people want things to be more orderly, they can help that by doing what they can do within their own power. And then sometimes people are more cooperative. But the fact is, this is a place where people have very different levels of comfort and very different levels of commitment to the work that it takes to maintain order. And it can be frustrating when there’s disagreement. So it’s something to work through explicitly.

Eric Zimmer 00:29:08  Yeah. And I want to talk about some of those ways of creating more order, because I think all those that you listed are so helpful. Like I am a hook guy. Give me a hook.

Gretchen Rubin 00:29:17  Give me.

Eric Zimmer 00:29:17  A hug. It’s up. Give me a hanger. it’s going to be 5050. Right right right right right. Like particularly, as you say, a hanger in a crowded closet. I mean, it’s just amazing. It’s like it’s a three second difference. But again, it’s to our point, you know, it’s that fundamental rule of behavior change, which is basically like if you want to do more of something, make it as easy as possible to do it.

Gretchen Rubin 00:29:38  Absolutely.

Eric Zimmer 00:29:38  And if you want to do less of something, make it as hard as possible and little increments that make a big difference.

Gretchen Rubin 00:29:44  Yeah. In my 21 Strategies of Habit Change, I talk about the twin strategies of convenience and inconvenience because you’re exactly right. Like, I’ve talked to people who sleep in their exercise clothes so they don’t have to get up in the morning and change clothes.

Gretchen Rubin 00:29:56  They’re like people who keep their television remote control, like in a separate room. So they have to, like, go get the remote control. But, you know, as we’re talking, I’m just realizing something in my own life that I could do differently. When I was growing up, I grew up in the suburbs, so we had a big kitchen, and we would just leave the dishwasher door open a lot of the time, and that made it very easy to put your dishes in the dishwasher. But now I live in New York City and we have a much smaller kitchen, so our dishwasher door is always closed because, you know, our kitchen is small and I’m like, I wonder if that’s why I’m much worse about putting away dishes now. Because you think, well, now Gretchen’s a grown up. Of course she puts her dishes in the dishwasher, but I actually did a much better job when I was younger, and now I’m realizing why. It’s because the dishwasher door was open. I mean, how little effort is that? And yet I’m thinking back on it.

Gretchen Rubin 00:30:44  I think that probably explains why my habit has changed.

Eric Zimmer 00:30:48  You have a term in better than before that I think really speaks to this I love it, it’s called ignition cost, and it’s that any behavior has a little bit of extra energy needed at the very beginning. And again, we’re talking about very little bits of energy. Right, right. I got to flip open the guitar case. I’ve got to put on my exercise clothes. Right. But those little things make actually a big difference. And for whatever reason, there is something about going from 0 to 1 that is, at least for me, way harder than then. Going on from 1 to 10.

Gretchen Rubin 00:31:24  Well, you know, in what’s related to that, that surprised me. And I think it surprises a lot of people in kind of a bad way, which is like a lot of times when you start a new habit, there’s the ignition cost, but there’s also like, especially if you’re starting kind of like a habit that you’re really fired up about, there’s kind of the energy of starting.

Gretchen Rubin 00:31:39  And so maybe you start and then you stop and you think, well, that’s okay if I stop, because I’ll just start again. And I found it really easy to start. But starting over is harder than starting the first time. I remember a friend who, like, wanted to quit drinking, not because he thought he had a big problem. He’s just like, you know, I’m getting older. It’s like interfering with my workout. He’s like, I just, you know, it’s not good for me anymore. And the first time you did, it was super easy to cut way back on his drinking. And then he was like, man, he went back to his old habits. He said, well, I’ll just go back to it anytime. But then when he did, it was much harder. And I think that’s very, very often the case that starting over is is harder than starting. Oh yeah. So I think once we start, once we pay that cost, we don’t want to have to keep paying it.

Gretchen Rubin 00:32:19  So once you start, you want to kind of try. Really try to keep going as if you possibly can.

Eric Zimmer 00:32:25  Agreed. There’s a lot of directions to go with that. I had your friends experience times I don’t know about a thousand, because at 24, I was a heroin addict and I burnt my life to the ground and I got sober and I stayed sober about eight years. And then after eight years, I’m not going to go into the whole long bit of it, but I ended up going out and drinking again. I never went back to heroin, but I started drinking. But that didn’t work out either. And so I kind of had to come back into recovery. And the second time around, I just was like, how is this so much harder? It was brutally harder. And I know a lot of people that are in my experience, you know, they got a significant amount of time and they went back out or went back to the house, and they never made it back.

Eric Zimmer 00:33:07  There is something about that that is really true. I think the other thing that starts to happen is particularly when we have started and stopped something a bunch of times, is that and I see this in, you know, coaching clients a lot is they get going with something. But the voice in their head is like, you’re never going to stick with this. You haven’t stuck with it before. Why is this time going to be different? Right. And the first little slip, which everybody has a little slip. Right. We’re not perfect. The first little imperfection. And their brain goes, see, I told you so. So it really is that start again cost can really be there. I think there’s ways to mitigate it a little bit in really watching what we say to ourselves around it. But yeah, that’s a real thing.

Gretchen Rubin 00:33:51  Yeah. Well and in the 21 strategies one is the strategy of safeguards, which is like, you know, you want to plan to fail. Yes. You want to think, well, you know what, if I go to this place, it’s going to be too hard.

Gretchen Rubin 00:34:01  And if I stand by the dessert tray, I’m going to, you know, you want to think about what are the safeguards that you can put into place. What if I travel? What if I get sick? What if I’m with my difficult relatives? You want to put in all the cigarettes, but then, like, actually, the strategy that I found the most entertaining to study is the strategy of loophole spotting, which is looking for the loopholes that we use to let ourselves off the hook. These are so many just imaginative, creative examples of this. And there’s ten kinds of loopholes. So there’s like there’s false choice loophole, which is like, well, I’ve been so busy doing that I couldn’t possibly do that. Like, I’m so busy writing, there’s no way I could go in for a doctor’s checkup. It’s like, really like, I think you could probably do both of those things. Or fake self-actualization loophole when it’s like, you know, you only live once. Like, you know, I have to embrace life to the fullest.

Gretchen Rubin 00:34:48  It’s like you can embrace life to the fullest and not have this, you know, this stale brownie in the break room or whatever. But I think all of us have these loopholes running. Yeah. And when most of us have a few that are like our go to favorites, the lack of control loophole I’m traveling, there’s no way I can be expected to do XYZ. And I think just by knowing them, you sometimes can be aware of how you’re sort of looking for an opportunity to invoke a loophole to say, okay, well, of course I would not be able to stick to my habit. And so I think when we’re more aware of these loopholes, we can resist them because we’re more consciously aware of them. But at the same time, I mean, to your point, one of the things that I found very interesting when I was in the study of habits is like, I think a lot of times when people do slip up, as you say, they think, well, if I’m really hard on myself, if I really talk down to myself, that’s going to kind of energize me to do even better.

Gretchen Rubin 00:35:36  But what the research shows is that actually people who are more compassionate with themselves, who say things like, well, you know what? I learned that lesson the hard way, or like, well, that wasn’t my best day. Or, well, you know, are more likely to re-engage. And so you really do want to go easy on ourselves. Like we want to try really hard because the more we stick to something, the easier it’s going to get. On the other hand, so it sort of seems like a tension you want to say, like, I really don’t want to slip up, but if I do slip up, I want to have that compassion for myself and so that I don’t feel too discouraged so that I don’t feel like trying again.

Eric Zimmer 00:36:07  Yeah. I mean, there’s so much great stuff in that book of yours about habits because this is really, actually pretty nuanced stuff. You know, it sounds easy to be like, well, always take small steps, you know which the answer is? Yes.

Eric Zimmer 00:36:21  A lot of the times small steps are absolutely the right answer, but certainly not all the time 100%. Or pick a specific time every day and do it that time every day. Well, sometimes depending on your life, but other times no. And so, you know, knowing your life and the structure of your life and the type of person you are and what works for you is why sort of really thinking about these ideas for yourself is so important.

Gretchen Rubin 00:36:47  I could not agree with you more, and I really think if people say like, what is the biggest mistake people make with habit formation? I think you just put your finger right on it, which is thinking that there’s a magic tool that will work for everyone. There is no magic one size fits all solution. We each have to say like, well, what works for me? Like, when am I at my most energetic and creative and productive? Because for one person, they might work on their novel first thing in the morning, or for what? Another person they might work at it at 10:00 at night.

Gretchen Rubin 00:37:12  There’s no one right way. People often say to me like, well, what’s the best way to change a habit? And I’m like, well, what’s the best way to cook an egg? And people are like, well, I don’t know. It depends how you like your eggs. I’m like, right. What’s the best way to create a habit? It depends on you. Yes. You point it out like pick the same time of day. Earlier you mentioned my four tendencies framework. So that’s the thing that explains a lot of differences that you see in how people effectively change their habits or like kind of do things generally in life. And one of the things you see is some people really thrive on having something on the calendar, and some people absolutely turn away from that. It’s counterproductive. They don’t like feeling trapped and chained by a calendar. That’s how it makes them feel. They will resist that. And the idea like, oh, pay for a class, then you’ll go, it’s like, that is not good advice for those people.

Gretchen Rubin 00:37:59  So you need to know yourself like, oh yeah, if I pay for that class, I’m definitely going to go. Or like if I pay for that class, I’m going to be less likely to work out. Yep. And it’s completely legitimate to feel like that way. A lot of people feel that way. So if you feel that way, it’s not like, well, there’s something wrong with you, or you should try harder or like, oh, maybe I’ll give you a gift of this class and now you’ll have to go. It’s like, well, I just wasted that money. You want to say, well, what kind of person am I? What works for me? Yeah. If people are curious to know about the four tendencies, if they want to know what tendency they are, if they’re an upholder, a questioner, an obliging or a rebel, just kind of quiz Gretchen Rubin and you’ll get a little report that will tell you what you are and what to do with that information.

Gretchen Rubin 00:38:39  It’s a lot of fun.

Eric Zimmer 00:38:40  Check in for a moment. Is your jaw tight, breath shallow? Are your shoulders creeping up? Those little signals are invitations to slow down and listen. Every Wednesday, I send weekly bites of wisdom, a short email that turns the big ideas we explore here in each show things like mental health, anxiety, relationships, purpose into bite size practices you can use the same day. It’s free. It takes about a minute to read, and thousands already swear by it. If you’d like extra fuel for the weekend, you also get a weekend podcast playlist. Join us at one you feed. That’s one you feed. Net newsletter and start receiving your next bite of wisdom. All right. Back to the show. That framework is really a very interesting one, as well as the abstainers versus moderator framework, which is a really interesting thing. It’s interesting for me because in certain areas I have had to be an absolute abstainers like drugs and alcohol like just had to. Yeah. And other areas of my life I really am.

Eric Zimmer 00:39:53  I think I’ve grown into being a moderator and really being able to find my way through that. And so I really think it just for me, it wasn’t as clear. I don’t remember whether you and I talked about this last time. It’s a question that I would love to ask is, do you see people potentially transform through the course of their life from one to the other. Because when I was younger, I had a whole lot more of an extreme streak, right? It was yes or no, black or white, 0 or 100. And as I’ve gotten older, it’s not just age. I actually think a lot of it in my case is growth. I’ve become a lot more nuanced in many, many things. The risk of trying to apply that to drugs and alcohol is too high for me. There’s just no possible reason that that’s a good idea, but I’ve been able to find it in other areas to some degree.

Gretchen Rubin 00:40:45  For people so they know what we’re talking about with the standard moderator.

Gretchen Rubin 00:40:47  Yeah. So standard moderator. This is a strategy, the strategy of abstaining that works for some people in some context, but not for everyone. So the strategy of the standard works for people who find that they’re kind of all or nothing, that they can have none or they can have a lot. But if they start, they want to go all the way. So like for me, it’s sweet. So let’s put aside kind of things like drugs, alcohol, cigarettes. I think where a lot of people find like, what is it? One is too many. And or what? What’s the phrase?

Eric Zimmer 00:41:15  Yeah, one is too many. A thousands, never enough. Yeah. It’s very hard to be a moderate meth user.

Gretchen Rubin 00:41:20  Right, right. Exactly. So let’s put those aside. But let’s talk about things like sweets, chips. You know, wine. Well, I guess wine is alcohol. So let’s talk about things like sweets and chips. Yeah. So for some people they’re abstainers.

Gretchen Rubin 00:41:31  And it’s like so I can have no Oreos very easily or I can have like a sleeve of Oreos, but I can’t have one Oreo and easily stop. I can’t have half a dish of ice cream. I can’t have one brownie. But but on the other hand, like, I can have half a glass of wine because I don’t really care about wine. But then there are people who are moderators and moderators get kind of panicky and rebellious if they’re told that they can never have something. So these are the people who are like, I’m just gonna keep a bar of fine chocolate in my desk drawer. And every other day or so, I’ll have one square of fine chocolate, and that’s all I need. See, for me, if that was like, I would be eat that thing at 8 a.m., because otherwise I would just spend my whole day thinking about when am I gonna eat the rest of that chocolate bar? Yeah, I think that people are unmixed, depending on, like, what they find truly tempting.

Gretchen Rubin 00:42:14  And I just found out that for me, it was much easier just to have none. And I think in culture, we accept it for certain things. You have to abstain, like you were saying, drugs, alcohol, cigarettes. But then for other things, people are sort of like, well, follow the 8020 rule and you don’t want to like say that any food is off the table. And I’m like, you know what? For me, it’s just easier to have none. Like, I have a tremendous, tremendous sweet tooth. I find it really distracting and boring to deal with it. If I just never have sugar, I just never think about it and it just goes away. And I just find that, to me, is a much more pleasant way to live. And I found that to be true of a lot of people. But then moderators feel very different about it. But to your larger point about do these things change over time? I definitely think with time and experience, like what you say with the nuance.

Gretchen Rubin 00:42:56  I think we do understand more of how other people might see the world. I also think that maybe things that were once strongly tempting are less tempting, And so maybe it’s easier to be a moderator because you don’t have that tremendous feeling of just wanting more and more and more and more and more, which is what for abstainers is often very exhausting to, like, deal with that more and more and more. More and more feeling. Yeah. If you feel like that’s okay. I think over time maybe that that also kicks in. But you’re exactly right. We all would hope that time and experience would teach us to have a larger view.

Eric Zimmer 00:44:05  The phrase that’s always resonated with me is that there is a beautiful clarity to zero. Yes. You know, like, it’s just not a lot to figure out there, right? Whereas to your point, when when it’s when it is like, well, you know, okay, I’m only going to do that on special occasions. Well what’s a special occasion. And you know, all of a sudden it’s like, well, you know, Sam got a B-plus on his paper at school.

Eric Zimmer 00:44:29  It’s a special occasion, you know, like. Right.

Gretchen Rubin 00:44:32  I will say this. If you’re a person where you’re like, basically, I want to be an abstainers, but like, I’m one of these super low carb people. Like, I really don’t eat carbs except for, like, vegetables and nuts. And most people don’t want to be abstainers the way I am in abstainers and a way that you can be in abstainers most of the time and like manage it. I think, like the special occasion when you’re talking about, okay, Bobby got a B-plus. That’s kind of an ad hoc loophole. You’re okay. Lack of control or, you know, moral licensing or however you want to do it. Whatever kind of loophole you’re invoking, you’re kind of invoking it on the spot. So if you’re like, I want to abstain, but not all the time. How do I manage that? You can do planned exceptions. How you do a planned exception. You think about it in advance. You decide in advance how you’re going to behave.

Gretchen Rubin 00:45:17  You do it in the moment and you look back on it with pleasure. That’s how a planned exception works. So a planned exception is like, I’m going to Paris with my husband for my anniversary. On our anniversary night, we’re going to go to this amazing restaurant. We’re going to have, like, their most glorious dessert. I can’t wait, I do it in the moment. I look back and I’m like, that was a wonderful moment. But that doesn’t mean like, now I’m like doing that all the time because I planned it. And so that’s when we feel like we’re staying in control of ourselves. Because what happens a lot of times is people are like, oh, I’m walking into my favorite diner. Oh, they have the best tiramisu in the world.

Speaker 6 00:45:48  Oh my gosh, it’s like two for one night.

Gretchen Rubin 00:45:51  How can I not take advantage of this? Like, life’s too short not to eat a piece of tiramisu, and then you feel bad later because you’re like, I really didn’t want that.

Gretchen Rubin 00:45:58  I’ve had that a thousand times. It’s really not that good. Yeah, but just in the moment, I convinced myself I don’t look back on it with pleasure. So the planned exception, the way that you know that it’s a plant inspection, is that you’re like, I feel good about it because I’m basically I’m creating the life I want. You know, what we do most days matters more than what we do once in a while. And in most days, you’re abstaining if that’s what works for you. Again, this doesn’t work for everybody, but it works. You know, for some people then you can feel good about it. And you also want to say like, it’s a holiday. This isn’t like the holiday season is my planned exception, which is like six weeks. It’s like, yep, you know, Thanksgiving dinner and like, what does that look like? It’s like, I’m going to basically do it, but I’m going to have, you know, one piece of pie or whatever.

Gretchen Rubin 00:46:41  To me, it’s not Thanksgiving if I don’t eat pumpkin pie. So I’m going to have a piece of pumpkin pie and I can’t wait. And I’ll do it and I’ll look back on it with pleasure. It doesn’t extend for more than a month.

Eric Zimmer 00:46:50  Yeah. There’s that idea of just clarity. Yes. On what it is. You know, with coaching clients in the past I’ve said like, okay, you’re getting ready to go on vacation, so let’s talk about vacation. Don’t just roll into vacation with the assumption that you’re going to keep the habits that you have at home, because it’s very possible you’re simply not going to. Yeah, it would be much better for your long term adherence to these habits for you to decide ahead of time. Either a I’m going to be I’m not going to or c I’m going to make some amendments. Yeah. And decide that ahead of time. Yeah. Then to roll yourself into a situation that’s beyond your capacity to handle and decide in that moment that you’re going to go against what you said you were going to do.

Eric Zimmer 00:47:38  Right. The proactive approach is way better. And so I think it is thinking ahead and clarity. And I think that phrase planned exception is a good word for it. Yeah. Or good phrase.

Gretchen Rubin 00:47:48  Yeah. No it’s the strategy of safeguards. It’s like thinking like yeah, in the cold moment of today, how am I going to behave in like the excitement of, like whatever I have coming up? Absolutely. Makes a huge difference.

Eric Zimmer 00:48:00  Yeah. I heard somebody say something recently that really resonated with me and it was, don’t plan to do something from your highest moment of energy for when you’re going to be in a lower moment of energy.

Gretchen Rubin 00:48:12  Yeah, that’s great advice.

Eric Zimmer 00:48:14  It’s sort of the. Don’t go to the grocery store when you’re hungry thing, right? So don’t take your like you’ve got ten minutes a day where you’re like peak energy and be like, all right, I’m going to apply that to every moment of my life. You know, or don’t plan that at 3 p.m., you’re going to do something that’s really taxing.

Eric Zimmer 00:48:31  When you know it 3 p.m. you always feel tired. It’s sort of really thinking about almost a future self, like, what is my self going to be like in that moment? I need to take that into account instead of assuming that how I feel as I’m planning is the me that’s going to keep showing up.

Gretchen Rubin 00:48:50  One of the things I do to accomplish that is I think about treating myself like a toddler. I’m like, look, you don’t take risks with a toddler. You don’t let a toddler stay up too late day after day. You don’t let a toddler get too hot or too cold. You don’t let a toddler get too hungry or to thirsty like you. Make sure that that toddler is in peak form because you will pay. And I’m like, Gretchen is that toddler. And I’m like, I have to get enough sleep. I can’t let myself get too hungry. I get so hungry I can’t behave myself. I’m one of these people who get super cold, like I wear a ridiculous amount of clothing because, you know, I’m like, that’s just the realistic thing.

Gretchen Rubin 00:49:26  And if everything’s at its best and you’re thinking like, oh, well, this is going to be the way it is all the time, it’s just very unrealistic. You have to plan for what you’re going to feel like at those low moments, and then also think about, okay, well, how do I create the circumstances to keep me from getting into that state where I know it’s going to be very, very hard to manage myself because I’m exhausted or overwhelmed or hungry or whatever it might be.

Eric Zimmer 00:49:48  So I’m going to jump us back to our order, inner calm, and talk about their six steps that you talk about. Make choices, create order. Maybe it’s five steps. Make choices. Create order. Know yourself and others. Cultivate helpful habits and add beauty. I want to talk about the first one for a moment, which is make choices. And first, I’ll let you say what you mean by make choices. And then I have an actual specific question in that area.

Gretchen Rubin 00:50:14  Well, this is one of the things that’s hard about clearing clutter is you have to make choices.

Gretchen Rubin 00:50:17  You have to think like, well, do I need both these bowls or just one of these bowls? And like, do I wear all three of these sweaters or just one of these sweaters? And are we ever going to use this tennis racket again? You really have to decide what you’re going to do with things. And this can be very hard a lot of times, like paper clutter, the decision making around paper clutter can be very overwhelming, but it’s really an essential part. And I think a lot of reasons, one of the big reasons we accumulate clutter is that it’s like, especially if you live in a place where you can just like throw it in the basement. You’re like, it’s just easier to keep it than to make the decision of like, yeah, do I need to keep this or how long should I keep this? And so you’re just like, I’ll just keep it and then it mounts up and then you’ve got like a whole big bunch of stuff to deal with, and then that feels like, well, what am I going to do with this big bunch of stuff? So you just let it get bigger so it’s making choices.

Eric Zimmer 00:51:03  There is an emotional labor element 100%. I had a coaching client at one point, and, you know, her thing was like, I need to really clean out my space and get organized. And, you know, at first it was just like, all right, well, we’re going to break it down into little steps and we’re going blah, blah, blah, normal run of the mill stuff. Right? But very quickly realized was that for her, getting rid of nearly anything was like existential dread. Yeah. And so there was this emotional element to it. I mean, there’s the old Marie Kondo question of, does this thing spark joy in you? Which I think you’ve had a different phrasing than that. And that’s not a phrasing that really works for me, but what are some ways of thinking about making those choices? And what do people do if they find like, it’s just really hard for them to let go of anything?

Gretchen Rubin 00:51:51  Well, I think that the first thing to do is to recognize that this is a very Natural human inclination.

Gretchen Rubin 00:51:57  I think sometimes people are like, embrace minimalism, get rid of everything. Like you’ll be happier with less stuff. And that’s just not the common experience of mankind in my observation. And so I think it’s to recognize that we do feel an emotional attachment to our possessions. They remind us of the people and activities and places that we love. They allow us to project our identity into our environment, and so they’re very precious to us. So when I’m talking to people who have that very intense emotional reaction, one is to say, like, if it’s to hold on to memories, which often it is your possessions will actually serve you better in that kind of memory provoking purpose. If there are few and they’re curated. So if you have three boxes of all your kids schoolwork from, you know, kindergarten through fifth grade, you’re never going to go through it because it’s too much stuff and it’s all basically the same. But if you pick a few items and maybe you frame one piece of art and put it on the wall where you see it and you create like a thin folder of the best stuff, the most representative stuff, you can really manage that and enjoy that as a memento.

Gretchen Rubin 00:52:54  So you really crystallizing the memory in a few kind of iconic things. And so they’re going to do that work for you better when there’s fewer of them. And they’re highly curated. So for people who are like, I need to hold on to memories, you’re like, yes, you can pick a few very representative things, and then maybe you take a picture of a lot of the other things, so you can still get that memory prompt if you want, but you don’t need this stuff. Yeah. Another thing that many people feel like is all these things are precious to me because they belong to someone who is precious to me. So how can I get rid of any of it? Because it’s like getting rid of the person who I love. You don’t need any of that stuff to remember that person, but you would like to have something to remember that person. Okay, so what are you going to choose? And I went through this when my grandfather died. I was like, okay, I could pick his armchair that he loved to sit in.

Gretchen Rubin 00:53:36  I could pick the grandfather clock that he loved. I could pick his desk that I loved to sit at that he used every day. Or I could pick his pocket watch because he was an engineer on the Union Pacific Railroad. So the pocket watch was a very big deal. Well, I picked the pocket watch because I could put a pocket watch on the shelf where it’s like, what do I do with the armchair and the desk and or the grandfather clock. I don’t want those big things, but the one thing. And that’s enough, because that holds all that memory in it. And so again, it’s like, well, you have all this stuff. Can you pick a few things that are like the most representative, the most rich in emotions and then let go of all the other things and remember, those things can go and live a long and happy life with somebody who will actually use them. Because if you’re not using them, they’re just sitting there wasted. Let them out into the world to do their work because you have the thing that’s going to help you.

Gretchen Rubin 00:54:22  I think a lot of times people, when they have this emotion, the people around them are like, no, no, no, no, no, that doesn’t count. And then they feel like they have to hang on all the tighter. Yeah. Whereas if you say like, oh, this is completely understandable. So much respect for that feeling. How do we work with that and really help you engage in that way? Because a lot of times when you have fewer things, you really do engage with them more because they’re just like, see them and, and like interact with them so much more easily than when you’re overwhelmed by them. So I think sometimes it takes like a couple rounds, but I have found that often that going through this, people are able to go like, well, I can go from 50 to 10, I can go from 10 to 5, I can go to 5 to 3. Yeah. And they’re not going to go below three. Maybe. But that’s okay.

Gretchen Rubin 00:55:07  Threes manageable.

Eric Zimmer 00:55:09  Yeah. Well that point’s a really good one. It’s sort of the possessions version of the old business cliche. If everything’s a priority nothing’s approaching 100%.

Gretchen Rubin 00:55:18  That’s a perfect analogy.

Eric Zimmer 00:55:20  If 50 things are a priority, in essence none of them are. You just get lost in the noise. So same thing as you were saying that I was just thinking about like a lot of memory, things that I have there just I need to probably go through and parse those things. Luckily, I, we have made ourselves sort of stay in a small, relatively small two bedroom apartment for the last number of years, which it’s the time of the year. December necessitates a December purging, you know, and so it has really kept me fairly disciplined because I’m like, I do not want to crack the door on a storage unit, I do not want to crack the door on the storage unit. Right. Like when I had a house before this, it was exactly like you described. I had enough space to be like.

Eric Zimmer 00:56:02  Well, just I don’t know. Yeah, I don’t know if we want it. I don’t know what we’re going to do with it. Put it down there. Yeah. And because it’s hard to decide. And then it’s hard. It grows and grows and it just becomes like, let me just never go down there. If I don’t, if I don’t have to, because it’s so overwhelming. But this two bedroom has enforced a certain discipline that has actually been really good.

Gretchen Rubin 00:56:22  Well, it’s interesting because I had not thought of this. It’s kind of a version of what you’re talking about. A couple people have told me how they will use an artificial space constraint as a way to manage this, because it’s sort of like even if you have like two giant boxes. Okay. Like let’s say like my children have what they call their memorandum boxes, which I don’t know why they call them that, but it’s like you can fill your memorandum box, but everything has to fit in there. So if you want to put more in, something has to come out.

Gretchen Rubin 00:56:46  So it’s a constantly having to use the priorities. Same thing if you’ve got this apartment, it’s like, if it doesn’t fit in the apartment, something’s got to go. You either can’t bring it in or something’s got to, like, make room for it. And so some people do this, like with Christmas decorations. It’s like I have so many boxes for Christmas decorations. And if something comes in, something has to go because I’m not going to start another box or I’m only going to keep what I can store on this top shelf of a closet. And if it doesn’t fit, something’s got to go. So there are ways you can do it through space constraints as well.

Eric Zimmer 00:57:17  There was another idea. The third step is to sort of know yourself and others. So we’re talking about a little of this, right. Knowing what is important to you. But there was an idea that, you know, are you clinging to an outdated identity. So we don’t want to relinquish an identity. So we cling to those possessions.

Eric Zimmer 00:57:34  So a little bit more about that.

Gretchen Rubin 00:57:36  Well, I’ve got a ukulele. so, you know, like, I was like, I’m going to learn to play the ukulele. And it’s everybody says how fun it is and how easy it is. And they’re so cheerful and it’s like, yeah, I’m not gonna learn how to play the ukulele. I started. It’s like, it might be easier than learning to play the guitar, but it’s not like that. Easy. And do I still have that ukulele? Yes, I do, because it’s this fantasy self that I had that like of myself. Like picking up an instrument. No, I’m not going to. That is the fantasy self or I almost bought a set of like linen cocktail napkins on sale because I was like, oh, they’re so fun and they’re so beautiful. But then I’m like, who am I kidding? You know, I narrowly escaped buying this because I’m totally not the kind of person who would use linen. I don’t even know how to use linen cocktail napkins practically.

Gretchen Rubin 00:58:19  So sometimes it’s the fantasy self, so it can be hard to let go of those things because it’s letting go of the fantasy. The fantasy of myself is playing the ukulele. Or it can also be the fantasy of someone you once were, like the friend of mine who had like so many tennis rackets, and they took up so much space and she never really used them. But because she had played tennis in college, it was a really important past identity for her. And so she had to acknowledge that her identity had moved forward, and she was no longer the kind of person who needed so many tennis rackets. And so sometimes it’s the fantasy self in the future. Or maybe we’re sort of mourning the loss of a self that we were in the past, and this can be very painful. And so sometimes I think we hang on to those objects because we still want to hang on to the idea that maybe one day will be the kind of person who will learn to play the ukulele. And it’s like, that doesn’t seem likely.

Gretchen Rubin 00:59:07  And if it did happen, I could get another ukulele, but it doesn’t seem very likely.

Eric Zimmer 00:59:12  It’s funny that you brought up those two examples, because just yesterday I was opening up the trunk of my car and I saw two tennis rackets, and it’s probably been three years now. I would guess my partner, Ginny, and I decided, largely at my prompting, that learning to play tennis together would be a good idea. I have, I have joked on this show before, and she knows that I joke about it, that the fact that our first tennis lesson ended with her in tears was an indication that this was not a hobby that was going to stick. But those tennis rackets are still there, right? And it’s interesting because what I came to yesterday was I am not giving up on wanting to learn to play tennis. However, there is no reason to keep carting these rackets around. It’s not like they are $5,000 rackets, right? Like their crappy rackets. Go buy a new one if you do take it up, because it’s still.

Eric Zimmer 01:00:02  It’s on my list of things that you carry from year to year, but you’re not ready to abandon, right? Tennis is on mine.

Gretchen Rubin 01:00:08  Maybe you play pickleball as a couple because it seems like pickleball is the thing that people do. And then if you’re interested in tennis, you take tennis lessons on your own.

Eric Zimmer 01:00:17  Tennis is definitely if it’s going to happen, it’s going to be me. I’ve accepted that. But I would love to play pickleball either with or without her. So any that you brought up tennis because literally just yesterday I had this this exact conversation. I looked at them and as I was walking up the stairs, I was like, all right, I’m not ready to give up on this yet. I still think it’s a good hobby for me. Right? And I don’t need to keep these tennis rackets in my trunk forever, because they’re just taking up space and I’m not using them now.

Gretchen Rubin 01:00:43  And that’s a perfect example of kind of like the evolving self and how the possessions can kind of like prompt you to new realizations because like looking at them, you sort of went through the thing and being like, you know what? This isn’t going to be something that we’re going to do together.

Gretchen Rubin 01:00:55  It’s something that I’m going to do on my own, and that’s okay. But it would still be fun to do something together. Maybe we’ll try pickleball and the kind of the tennis rackets, sort of the catalyst of that realization. But if you just ignored them and drove them around for three years, you might not be prompted to like, move forward and to realize like, oh, well, maybe 23 is the time when I’m going to take the tennis lessons or you’re sort of alerted to it. So in some ways, our possessions can help us to realize this kind of the evolving self, but we have to pay attention and not just like, let all this stuff blend into the wallpaper so that we’re weighted down by all these things, and we’re not seeing how to take the lessons that they carry forward with us.

Eric Zimmer 01:01:34  Yeah, we’re near the end of time, but I wanted to maybe end on a question that I think is a really great question, whether we’re talking about possessions or really anything else.

Eric Zimmer 01:01:46  And it is, you say, when trying to make a tough choice, challenge yourself, choose the bigger life. Say a little bit more about that, because I think that is such a great, great question. I think I’ve got slightly different versions of it, but talk about that because I think that’s a great place for us to wrap up.

Gretchen Rubin 01:02:01  Well, the way that I came to this was, I don’t know about you, but I will often have a situation where it’s like the pros and cons of making a decision seem perfectly balanced. And I’ve talked to people where it’s like, should we move to the big city with more opportunities? Or should we stay in our town where we have family to support us? It’s like, that’s an apple in an orange, and you could do the pros and cons over and over. And sometimes when you say, well, choose the bigger life, it’s instantly clear which one is the bigger life in a way that is not clear when you’re doing the pros and cons.

Gretchen Rubin 01:02:30  And the fact is, people would have different decisions about what the bigger life is. So for instance, in my family, my daughters really, really wanted to get a dog. My husband was like, yeah, we can get a dog if everyone wants to. He wasn’t like really weighing in and I really did not want to get a dog. I didn’t want the hassle, basically. So it was like the pros and the cons and the this and then that and all these arguments. And then I was like, well, choose the bigger life. And in a second I knew that the bigger life for our family was to get a dog, and we got a dog, and we love our dog, and it’s absolutely the bigger life and it’s absolutely the right choice. But I can imagine that for somebody else, they could be like, well, choose the bigger life, for me, at least at this stage, is like, it’s a lot of money that I don’t have. I really am valuing my freedom.

Gretchen Rubin 01:03:09  And if I have a dog, I’m going to have to like, worry about like what’s going to happen to the dog when I’m not at home? I feel like it’s a lot of responsibility and I’m in a place where, like, I feel like I’m barely hanging on. I don’t want to take responsibility for something else. I mean, so for them, they might be like, choose the bigger life, because the bigger life for me is like not having this responsibility, which, you know, a dog is a big responsibility, but the choose the bigger life kind of instantly, I think sheds a completely different light on something that might feel like a decision that feels impossible, and different people answer it from their own perspectives. I cannot say for everyone. My choice is the bigger life because people would bring their own values, situations, circumstances to that.

Eric Zimmer 01:03:51  Yeah, it’s funny because Jenny and I have two dogs. One of them is probably about to pass. I said, you know, my inclination is to just get another dog.

Eric Zimmer 01:04:02  I love dogs, but we started talking about like, but we’ve been talking about for a number of years now. Her mom just passed from Alzheimer’s, and my mom were going to get relocated to where my sister is, probably because we’ve been like, we want to go spend six months here. Six months. They’re six months. They’re like, I have the freedom to do it. And, you know, have been wanting to do it, but things have stood in the way. And so for us, the bigger life in that particular question was, I don’t think a dog is the right idea right now. Like, we’ve got one. She travels well, right. But the bigger life for us is six months in Lisbon, six months in Santa Fe today. Right? In three years, that may be a radically different formulation on the exact same question.

Gretchen Rubin 01:04:45  Exactly. And I think that’s a really helpful thing to remember is like, this is a particular season of life. And sometimes things are not suited to a particular season of life.

Gretchen Rubin 01:04:53  But that doesn’t mean that you’ve been making this decision for always. And, you know, certain things come to the foreground and certain things go into the background as we go through. But. Right. You’re like, look, I have to quarantine a dog. I mean, I gotta air travel a dog. Like, that’s a lot. And it’s a lot for the dog, too. So that’s a perfect example of how even someone who loves dogs might think, like, not right now.

Eric Zimmer 01:05:17  Before you check out. Pick one insight from today and ask, how will I practice this before bedtime? Need help turning ideas into action? My free weekly Bites of Wisdom email lands every Wednesday with simple practices, reflection and links to former guests who can guide you even on the tough stuff like anxiety, purpose and habit change. Feed your good wolf at one you feed your net. Newsletter again one you feed your net I do one another dog. There’s no doubt about it.

Gretchen Rubin 01:05:49  Okay, you got a dog in your future?

Eric Zimmer 01:05:51  I’ve got a dog in my future.

Eric Zimmer 01:05:53  Yes, I do, absolutely. What kind of dog do you have?

Gretchen Rubin 01:05:55  I have a cockapoo named Barnaby.

Eric Zimmer 01:05:58  Oh, Barnaby. I assume it’s a he. Since it’s a he.

Gretchen Rubin 01:06:00  Yes, it’s a he.

Eric Zimmer 01:06:01  Sounds delightful.

Gretchen Rubin 01:06:02  What kind of dogs do you have?

Eric Zimmer 01:06:03  We have a Boston terrier named beans, and she’s the one who is. I mean, I actually thought, like, first week of December, it’s time for her. And the minute I make that decision, she stages a mini rally. I’m like, oh, for crying out loud. And the other is a sort of a fox terrier slash Chihuahua. Oh, little girl named Lola, who is just such a sweet dog. So she’s the kind of dog you can absolutely travel, all right. She’s small, and she’s just so well-behaved and so chill. And so. Yeah, those are her dogs.

Gretchen Rubin 01:06:38  Yeah, yeah.

Eric Zimmer 01:06:38  All right, well, Gretchen, thank you so much for coming on. It’s always a pleasure to talk to you.

Eric Zimmer 01:06:42  And we’ll have links in the show notes to where people can find your different things. Certainly your podcast, we’ve talked about it a couple times. It’s a wonderful show. So listeners, I would highly encourage you to check that out. And thank you, Gretchen.

Gretchen Rubin 01:06:55  Thank you. Always such a pleasure to talk to you. We’re interested in all the same things. I feel like we could talk all day. We could. Thanks so much.

Eric Zimmer 01:07:02  Thank you so much for listening to the show. If you found this conversation helpful, inspiring, or thought provoking, I’d love for you to share it with a friend. Share it from one person to another is the lifeblood of what we do. We don’t have a big budget, and I’m certainly not a celebrity, but we have something even better. And that’s you just hit the share button on your podcast app, or send a quick text with the episode link to someone who might enjoy it. Your support means the world, and together we can spread wisdom one episode at a time. Thank you for being part of the One You Feed community.

Filed Under: Featured, Habits & Behavior Change, Podcast Episode

Reclaim Your Mind: How to Build a Healthier Relationship with Technology with Jay Vidyarthi

January 6, 2026 1 Comment

Watch on YouTube
Listen on Spotify
Listen on Apple Podcast

If you’re feeling overwhelmed and don’t have the luxury of doing less, Overwhelm Is Optional offers simple tools you can use in under ten minutes a day. Learn more at oneyoufeed.net/overwhelm

In this episode, Jay Vidyarthi discusses how to reclaim your mind and build a healthier relationship with technology. He explores common pitfalls—like avoidance, anxiety, and judgment—and shares practical strategies for using digital tools consciously. Jay emphasizes personal agency, setting boundaries, and the value of both online and offline connections. This conversation challenges the idea that technology is inherently good or bad, instead encouraging listeners to cultivate awareness, compassion, and intentional habits to foster well-being and authentic relationships in a tech-driven world.

Exciting News!!! Coming in March, 2026, my new book, How a Little Becomes a Lot: The Art of Small Changes for a More Meaningful Life is now available for pre-orders!


Key Takeaways:

  • The relationship between technology and mindfulness.
  • The tension between the desire for genuine connection and the allure of digital devices.
  • The concept of technology as neither inherently good nor bad, but shaped by our relationship with it.
  • Strategies for engaging with technology mindfully, as discussed in Jay Viviani’s book.
  • The “two wolves” parable and its implications for attention and emotional awareness.
  • The importance of clarity and awareness in managing emotions related to technology use.
  • The role of meditation and mindfulness practices in cultivating a healthier relationship with technology.
  • The impact of societal narratives on perceptions of technology and its users.
  • The significance of personal agency in setting boundaries and making conscious choices regarding technology.
  • The potential for technology to meet emotional and social needs when approached mindfully.

Jay Vidyarthi is the award-winning author of RECLAIM YOUR MIND and an accomplished designer, entrepreneur and thought leader at the unique intersection of mindfulness and technology. As the founder of Still Ape, he’s been involved in over fifty technologies that have helped millions of people improve their wellbeing. On a day off, Jay can usually be found on a silent retreat, making music, or challenging his son to an epic videogame battle.

Connect with Jay Vidyarthi: Website | Instagram | LinkedIn 

If you enjoyed this conversation with Jay Vidyarthi, please check out these other episodes:

The Hidden Costs of Technology and Our Search for Selfhood with Vauhini Vara

Distracted or Empowered? Rethinking Our Relationship with Technology with Pete Etchells

By purchasing products and/or services from our sponsors, you are helping to support The One You Feed and we greatly appreciate it. Thank you!

This episode is sponsored by:

Aura Frames: For a limited time, save on the perfect gift by visiting AuraFrames.com /FEED to get $35 off Aura’s best-selling Carver Mat frames – named #1 by Wirecutter –  by using promo code FEED at checkout. This deal is exclusive to listeners, and frames sell out fast,  so order yours now to get it in time for the holidays!

Uncommon Goods has something for everyone – you’ll find thousands of new gift ideas that you won’t find anywhere else, and you’ll be supporting artists and small, independent businesses. To get 15% off your next gift, go to UNCOMMONGOODS.com/FEED

LinkedIn: Post your job for free at linkedin.com/oneyoufeed. Terms and conditions apply.

patreon

If you enjoy our podcast and find value in our content, please consider supporting the show. By joining our Patreon Community, you’ll receive exclusive content only available on Patreon!  Click here to learn more!!

Episode Transcript:

Eric Zimmer 00:01:14  Most days, it feels like the two wolves in that old parable aren’t just inside us anymore. They’re also living in our phones. One part of us wants depth and presence and real connection. Another part just keeps reaching for the little glowing screen, hoping the next swipe or notification will finally make us feel okay. My guest today, Jay Viviani, lives right in the middle of that tension. He’s a long time meditation practitioner and a designer who works on building technology mindfully. In his new book, Reclaim Your Mind seven Strategies to Enjoy Tech Mindfully. He argues that the problem isn’t that tech is evil, it’s that our relationship with it is often confused and unconscious. We explore why some apps feel like emotional junk food, while others genuinely support beauty and creativity and rest. We talk about family, video game nights and how to meet our real emotional needs, so we’re not endlessly snacking on our phones. I’m Eric Zimmer and this is the one you feed. Hi, Jay. Welcome to the show.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:02:19  Thanks for having me.

Eric Zimmer 00:02:20  I’m excited to talk about your book, which is called Reclaim Your Mind seven Strategies to Enjoy Tech Mindfully. And one of the reasons I’m really interested in talking with you is that you are both a strong advocate and lover of technology, and a strong mindfulness meditation practitioner, and I find when we’re able to have a discussion about these things where people aren’t unabashedly on one side of that or the other, that it makes for a more fruitful discussion, because that’s where we all live. We all live between these two tensions. And so I think you did a really nice job in the book, and we’ll explore it on this topic. But before we do that, we’ll start like we always do, which is with the parable. And in the parable there’s a grandparent who’s talking with their grandchild, and they say, in life there are two roles inside of us that are always at battle. One is a good wolf, which represents things like kindness and bravery and love, and the other is a bad wolf, which represents things like greed and hatred and fear.

Eric Zimmer 00:03:24  And the grandchild stops. Think about it for a second. They look up at their grandparent and they say, well, which one wins? And the grandparent says, the one you feed. So I’d like to start off by asking you what that parable means to you in your life and in the work that you do.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:03:40  On the surface level. The first question that comes up for me is like, what are you feeding these wolves? And I think for me, the answer is attention. So we’ve got these kind of dark shadows in our minds, and we’ve got these beams of light and this natural compassion. And when you pay attention to the dark shadows, they get stronger. And when you pay attention to the light, it gets stronger if we go a layer deeper. The thing I think I like most about this parable is that it accepts that, like both wolves exist, right? I’ve been working on this with my six year old who, like, gets so angry that he wants to hit me or wants to, you know, hit one of the kids in his class.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:04:20  And I think it would be a mistake to, like, make him feel broken because of that, to make him feel bad. Like it’s different to say that it’s wrong to hit someone versus it’s wrong to want to hit someone. We all want to hit someone. And it’s really about like, you know, how we relate to that. But I think a layer even deeper. I think all metaphors break down at some point, and I want to like, zoom in on where the metaphor breaks down here for me, which is the part about it that doesn’t feel appropriate to me or doesn’t feel like appropriate to my experience, is the idea that we’re going to starve this dark wolf. I think I’ve been coming into the realization that, like many of the things that allow me to do good in the world are, like rooted in shadows and anxieties and challenges that I’ve had things from my upbringing and like for me, I’m kind of wanting to befriend that wolf a little bit more and actually feed it so it eats what I feed it and it doesn’t consume me.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:05:16  So it’s like I need to like, take that anxiety, for example. If I’m, you know, I don’t feel valuable unless I’m being productive because I was raised on a farm or something, and I just was raised to be productive all the time. I wasn’t raised on a farm, by the way, but just as an example, right? It’s sort of like, okay, so I have this shadow. There’s lots of great art and literature about this. Like I have this shadow within me that I need to embrace and harness for good and starving. It actually leads it to consume me instead of what I feed it. And I think that’s where the metaphor breaks down.

Eric Zimmer 00:05:49  Agreed. Yeah, it’s a story, I find it sort of ironic. Also, I’ve been reflecting on this that somebody who is so profoundly middle way kind of person, who doesn’t believe in black and white, picked a parable that is completely binary to anchor a show around for 11 years. Like if I was going to do it again, I don’t know that I would this would not be how I would start.

Eric Zimmer 00:06:13  And yet I think it’s fruitful in many ways, and I like a few of the different things that you said there. I like it, I like thinking of that as, as tension, because that is sort of the thing we all get when we hear this parable, a good parable, you just immediately get it. And part of what we get is, all right, if we give more attention to this, it’s going to grow. We give more attention to that. It’s going to grow. The other part that I really love about the parable, and it’s not immediately obvious, is the thing that you said, which is I think it normalizes the fact that we all have all these things inside of us. You know, the grandfather says, you know, we all have. And it’s not that we have two things inside of us. We we have, at least inside me, there’s a whole bunch of motivational complexity that goes on. And then I think the last thing is where I’d like us to spend another minute and go a little bit deeper, which is using these things that arise in us like anxiety for good.

Eric Zimmer 00:07:14  And I’d love to know how you think about this, and I think you’re gonna understand what I’m gonna say. Is this going to take me just a second longer to get to it? I had a certain amount of anxiety, self-consciousness, need to prove myself. Don’t know what it was in my youth. And as my spiritual development continued to unfold and as I started to particularly some, like, ego shattering kind of moments, I emerged. And that stuff didn’t really Work in the same way anymore. Now it comes back, it’s there and it is something I can work with. But I’m curious how you think about when it’s like, all right, the energy is there. I can harness it to push me in my life forward. And when is it maybe that I need to work on resolving this, say, anxiety, lessening it, you know, how do you think through that question.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:08:14  When you say the word resolving? I sort of imagine a lens focusing, and there’s something about that that feels really accurate to me, because I think the concept that drives me in this area is clarity.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:08:27  There’s something really empowering and something that, like great meditation teachers have taught me and I’m honestly in their debt forever. Is that like, sometimes we just have this insatiable need to, like, solve a problem or to get away from discomfort or to get more pleasure. And sometimes the thing we actually need is to just see what’s happening clearly. And what I found over and over. And I love your your share there because it’s like what I found over and over is when there’s some like hidden under the surface, murky, blurry, shadowy darkness or something that’s driving me, I can suffer so hard because I just don’t know what’s happening. And I’m kind of running off the cliff here, running off the cliff there, burning myself out there and just getting lost. And I don’t know what’s happening. And I’m losing meaning and I’m losing purpose. But interestingly, the moment that I see it clearly and I have this harmonization between like the emotions in my body, the conceptual framework, I have to explain what’s happening and I see what’s happening.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:09:32  I see it clearly. What’s really magical is the amount of suffering, like, plummets. But I didn’t actually solve any problems. Like I didn’t, you know, get away from the discomfort. I didn’t get more pleasure. I didn’t solve the problem. I just saw it clearly. And that emancipated me from the blurry, murky confusion that was actually the source of all the challenges I’m facing.

Eric Zimmer 00:09:56  I love that, and it’s very strange. I was looking down at my notes because every once in a while I pull out this notepad to have next to me to take notes. Most of the time I forget, but today I did, and I don’t remember where it was. I’m not going to find it. But one of the lines and I don’t know where it came from. I don’t know why I wrote it down, but was that clarity is a kindness. Just interesting that you mentioned the word clarity. And I think about this a lot, and I’ve been thinking about this a lot as I’ve been rereading one of my favorite books, which is by a guy named Rob Birbiglia called Scene That Freeze.

Eric Zimmer 00:10:25  That’s exactly his whole premise. There are ways of seeing that lead to more and more freedom. And I often think of in In Zen, we, we say something along the lines of like greed, hatred and ignorance rise endlessly, right? I vow to abandon them, and that they rise endlessly is a view, right? It’s the view that like, of course, they just keep coming. But that last part, ignorance I often think about, like, what do we mean? What is what is ignorance in that, in that context, because it’s always there. It’s not just greed, you know, greed and hatred. It’s not just clinging in aversion. There’s an ignorance. And I think that ignorance can go a ton of levels deep. Right. But one level deep is kind of what you were just saying, which is that it’s my way of viewing greed and hatred or clinging in aversion, whatever you want to call it, wanting, not wanting. It’s my way of viewing that as a problem is like the first level of ignorance that I can cut through is like, of course I’m relating to the world that way.

Eric Zimmer 00:11:32  That’s what we are as humans. And by seeing what’s happening, it lessens some of the hold it has just by only seeing this beautiful.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:11:42  I was lucky enough to spend some time with a Tibetan Buddhist master last month, and I’m not a Tibetan Buddhist. I was there in another capacity, in kind of a work capacity. But of course I’m a deep meditation practitioner of all traditions and have started to look into his materials. His name’s Mingyi Rinpoche. He’s one of the Tibetan masters of the, yeah, Tibetan tradition in Nepal.

Eric Zimmer 00:12:05  Yeah, we had him on the show once.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:12:07  Okay. So yeah, you know. Yeah, yeah. So one of the things I asked him, just out of curiosity, how does a Tibetan Buddhist master respond to this question? And his answer was actually very similar to what Robert Bear wrote about as well. So I asked him, hey, I’ve been doing a lot of like Rinzai Zen and modern mindfulness. And I’m curious, do you think I should switch to the Tibetan Buddhist kind of approach to meditation, or do you think I should just keep doing Zen? And I’m just curious, like, how does a like a lineage holder respond to a question? And his answer.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:12:40  He paused and he looked at me with these like piercing, very aware eyes, and he was like, whatever direction. Freeze your awareness. It’s all he said. And I was just like, that’s it. Right? It landed very well for me. It was sort of like, as long as you feel like you are freeing yourself from some of those patterns that are holding you, you’re going in the right direction. And I kind of saw my whole journey where I’ve been kind of switching from different traditions, and for a while I saw that as a problem. I’m like, oh, I can’t commit, right? Yes. But now I realize, like, for whatever reason, this mind body system has needed different things to find that freedom. Like, I would try a certain approach and it would lead me to a little bit more freedom, but then it would sort of halt out and I would continue and maybe push through some adversity, but then I would find some other path and say, oh, that’s actually drawing me to more freedom now.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:13:33  And so I think it’s very similar to that where what are you freeing yourself from? Sure, we could call it ignorance, but I like the way you put it. It’s like these conceptual views that sometimes are illusory and inaccurate. And when you get that clarity and see it accurately, you feel more freedom somehow. It’s magical. Mysterious?

Eric Zimmer 00:13:51  Well, there are about a hundred things in there I would like to respond to. First what? Rinzai zen. Have you worked with, like, on koans then? And with a teacher?

Jay Vidyarthi 00:14:00  Yeah, I worked with a teacher on a on a kind of two month retreat. And interestingly, in the one on one interviews, something that happens to me, which is very strange. So I’m a musician and I kind of when I was younger, I used to write songs and play them on stages and stuff, and I still do a little bit, but something that happens to me when I go on a long, silent meditation retreat. I was doing Vipassana originally like different, but something that happens is my thoughts.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:14:25  When they start to get quiet, they start to write little poems. And I was sort of like, this is very haiku, right? So I started to that’s what kind of got me into Zen. I was like, something in my mind is like calling up the Zen aesthetic a little bit. And then I kind of fell in love with that. And so two weeks into my retreat, I kind of had this poem come to me. And so for fun, I went into the one on one interview with the teacher. We’re having two interviews a day, and I just said the poem, and what he did was sort of turned that back on me into a kind of koan, like he turned my own poem into a calling. Like he was just sort of like saying it back to me and inquiring into like where this was coming from. And eventually, like, long story short, what that led to is like, I first realized the poem I wrote was completely empty and devoid of meaning.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:15:16  And then that started to spread to, like everything else in my life, like it was this wildfire of emptiness, which was actually very painful for about 2440 eight hours. Total emptiness of just everything is meaningless nihilism. But then in the ashes of that, I kind of cross the bridge from nihilism into saying, wait a minute. If everything is so relative and meaningless, then like, it’s also precious. And I started to rebuild from that place, and that was like a huge step change in my practice. So there was a bit of Cohen, but a lot of like, you know, sort of basic zazen. Just sit, Shakuntala, do nothing. Yeah. Just sort of sit there for hours and just be was a big part of the practice as well.

Eric Zimmer 00:16:19  All right. We’re not going to go down the emptiness rabbit hole though. I really want to. Sometimes I’m like, I need a separate Zen podcast where I can really just go really deep into the more esoteric areas. But that’s not exactly what we do here.

Eric Zimmer 00:16:32  However, what I do think is relevant for everyone more broadly is this thing you said earlier about a particular path. Like, do I just keep doing one thing, just keep going, stay with it? Or do I jump around a little bit? And like you, I have faced this challenge again and again and again in my life. And I think some of it’s a casualty of the work that I do because I talk to so many fascinating, interesting people who have paths that I’m like that one. Well, what about that one? Could be that one. And I think, as is almost always the case with me, I end up landing somewhere kind of in the middle, which is like if it’s all jumping, which is kind of what the internet like. Now take us back to technology. That’s what like Instagram Buddhism is like, or Instagram psychology is like. It’s just you consume a hundred different ideas in an hour, none of which have enough time to do anything valuable for you. And then there’s the other approach, right? Like, I’m sure you know people I know people who’ve been like, I have been practicing Zen for 40 years and I’ll be like, have you ever considered anything else a different teacher? And I’m like, nope.

Eric Zimmer 00:17:37  I’m like, okay, I don’t understand you at all based on that statement. But that’s like the other extreme. And for me, it’s I’m trying to find that middle place where I’ve got enough time with something, whether it be a psychological idea, whether it be a meditation technique, whether whatever, I have enough time with it that it actually can work on me. And there seems to be something about my makeup that then calls me elsewhere. And I have a general rule very often of trying to follow things that call me strongly, that I can trust that in myself.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:18:16  Yeah. I really appreciate that your reflection included this sense of like how you’re made up, because I think people are very diverse.

Eric Zimmer 00:18:24  100%.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:18:24  And there are people who are fully devoted to one path. There are people who wonder, there are probably people. And this is where we can get into the tech stuff, who are flitting around the 32nd clips that are also having a really, really deep experience as well. Okay. And I think what it really sort of depends on is your relationship to the path you’re on and the paths you’re switching between, and whether that comes from a place of awareness.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:18:51  Like you can look at the 40 years end practitioner who’s bringing deep awareness to that and finding more freedom every day. And you can look at a 40 year Zen practitioner who’s just like, this is the way it is, and this is the way it’s supposed to be. And I’m just sort of like, almost like a cult like devotion to this one approach. And I’m not necessarily getting freer, and maybe I’m even getting more stressed about it. Similarly, yeah, I think there are probably people that are engaging deeply with the technological world of spirituality and psychology that are maybe just on Instagram like you mentioned, but are actually drawing a lot of depth from it. And I think there’s probably a lot of people who are just scattered and not finding it. One thing I’ll say about my path is my initial deepening of practice came from one of those ten day Vipassana retreats. And there’s no way I would have, like in my house, chosen to, like, sit there for ten hours a day for ten days and meditate.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:19:46  Right? So there was a commitment and a container that was required. But then it was a couple of years later where I was like, I don’t think I’m deepening my freedom of awareness to use manga. And because word in this Vipassana Goenka path anymore. And so I started looking elsewhere. So it’s really all about, I think, noticing how you’re relating to these different traditions. And I think that gets like dovetails right into what the book is about, which is noticing how you’re relating to all these technologies is really the kind of core ingredient to having a healthy, productive, fun, joyful, and even, dare I say, beautiful relationship with all this technology.

Eric Zimmer 00:20:25  That’s great, and I love that you sort of push back a little bit on that, that the 32nd Instagram stuff, maybe, maybe the path that does indeed work for some people. And I know that a lot of the work that you’ve done is designing technology that supports mindfulness. And certainly meditation apps have been a path for hundreds of thousands, if not millions of people at this point that have been really effective.

Eric Zimmer 00:20:52  I remember an old app. I wish it still existed. Maybe you can build it for me. This is ten years ago at least. It was a meditation app. And what it was, was it was very interesting because it it was playing like a sound. And your job was when the sound disappeared to tap, it was training attention in that way, like, you know, how well are you able to sort of notice, not something arising, which we often do, but something ending. That app was like a real, real anchor for me for a while in building more awareness, and I’ve never been able to find it since. Do you know of anything like that?

Jay Vidyarthi 00:21:30  A singing bowl is how we usually do that. You ring the singing bowl and you listen to the trail of it. What I think is interesting about technology’s role is you’re able to couch all the context and teaching of how to approach that sound in a way that you would need a teacher to kind of guide you through how to work with a singing bowl.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:21:51  But if you have the experience of doing it, I mean, I would recommend doing it with the Singing Bowl.

Eric Zimmer 00:21:54  Well, I can do it with the singing bowl. I am the one though, that’s instigating. I guess if you had someone else ringing the bell, right. But there was something about this that you just didn’t know when it was going like a singing bell. I can sort of be like, I can hear it. It’s descending, the volume is descending, it’s trailing, it’s trailing, it’s trailing. I’m following it to the last second. This is more like you’re going along and bam! How tuned in are you to the experience to notice it instantaneously?

Jay Vidyarthi 00:22:22  That’s really cool because it’s not necessarily a predictable is what I’m hearing. So a couple of things come to mind. One is this isn’t exactly what you’re looking for, but I do want to shout out there’s a great app called Sound Works, and it’s these, like, incredible sound artists who are also into a sort of like conscious way of being and awareness and mindfulness, and they create these tracks that are designed for meditation.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:22:47  And the teacher who also has a, I think maybe like a British or even Scottish accent, if I remember correctly, which I don’t know, I just love listening, of course. Yes, yes. So so like good quality microphone, awesome voice accent. And then these like beautiful sounds. But like before you listen to the track there’s guidance in how to listen to this like listen and try to notice this. And then you like listen in headphones and it’s spatial and it’s beautiful.

Eric Zimmer 00:23:12  That’s amazing.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:23:13  So that’s one thing I would recommend. The other thing, one teacher that I’ve worked with, Shenzhen Young, I’m not sure if you’ve had him on the show, but Shenzhen has a practice that he teaches called just Note gun. And he actually recommends sitting and doing that practice with sounds in your environment. So you use the label gun and you just listen to sounds. And whenever you hear a sound ending, whether it’s a car driving by or like the plumbing in the house or someone flushing the toilet, you try to notice and hone in on just that moment of ending, and then you just, like, label it gone.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:23:48  I heard that end. And one of the things. So first of all, I’ve heard him say that that’s possibly the most powerful technique that he teaches. And I kind of believe it because for me, when I’ve done that practice, like, you can even do it while listening to my voice right now. So right there, when I said so, there was a gone and then there was another gone. When I said gone. And if you really like, if your listeners really pay close attention to the sound coming out of my mouth, you might notice little guns between the words or between the syllables. You might even notice that some of the guns are in the middle of words and not between words, because English is kind of wild the way we talk. But what this sort of unlocks for me sometimes is like, you almost get this like gazing over, over the edge of like nothingness. Because by paying attention to when things disappear, by definition, you end up paying attention to the absence that’s left in the wake of something.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:24:47  And that is like such a deep and powerful practice of emptiness.

Eric Zimmer 00:24:51  Hey, friend, before we dive back in, I want you to take a second and think about what you’ve been listening to. What’s one thing that really landed, and what’s one tiny action you could take today to live it out? Those little moments of reflection. That’s exactly why I started good wolf reminders. Short, free text messages that land in your phone once or twice a week. Nearly 5000 people already get them and say the quick bursts of insight help them shift out of autopilot and stay intentional in their lives. If that sounds like your kind of thing, head to one Eufy net SMS and sign up. It’s free. No spam, and easy to opt out of any time. Again, that’s one eufy dot net. Tiny nudges, real change. All right. Back to the show. A sound work sounds awesome, because one of the things that I’ll often do with people that I’m working with on meditation, who are really struggling is, I’ll say, pick an instrumental track and just try and pick out one instrument and follow it.

Eric Zimmer 00:25:56  Because I think that if we’re talking about meditation in the sense of where you’re you’re trying to at least steady the mind a little bit, which is a starting place for a whole lot of it. If your mind is really, really unsteady, something like the breath may not have nearly enough. I call it stickiness, right? It just may not be sticky enough for you to really stay. Stay tuned in on it. It was for me for years. It wasn’t until I found sound meditation. And this is after 15 years of practice, the sound meditation. I went, oh, I get it. This is the piece they’re talking about during meditation. This is what it means to be steady. You know that I could never quite get to with the breath because it was there was more going on. Now, I know that as you train yourself, you begin to find there’s a whole lot going on within a breath. Right. But from a beginning perspective. So I’m really interested in this sound works idea, something to give to people, because that idea of having something that’s a little bit stickier to work with.

Eric Zimmer 00:26:56  And then as you get more steady, you can sort of refine what you’re paying attention to. One of the things that I did pull out from your book and I have here is a note, is the idea of not a yoga? Share with us what that is.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:27:09  So not yoga is an ancient yogic practice. It’s about sound. And specifically, the nada is defined as like the primordial sound of the universe, which some yogis associate with, like the sound om. But like nada is a descriptor of it, and it’s often described in the texts as like when everything is really quiet, there’s this subtle sound which they interpreted as the primordial source of the universe. A scientist might interpret it as like the sound of your own body, but like there is some deep audio experience, like where you’re listening in a silent environment to the emptiness itself. And that was a really big opening point for me, because, I mean, meditation was something my parents did as a kid, and so I wasn’t it wasn’t an esoteric eastern practice for me, but it was also something I kind of rolled my eyes at because my parents did it and I was a teenager in Canada, like, no thank you.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:28:02  But when I sort of started to flower as a musician and I started to confront the challenges of daily life, not a yoga was a brilliant, as you describe, an access point of something that was like kind of fun and sticky and accessible. And I think Sound Works is very similar. The other thing about it is we talked about clarity earlier and I’ve started to think about beauty. You could define beauty as an experience that almost invites your mind into clarity effortlessly. So like right now I’m looking at you and I can bring clarity like as a muscle, almost like I can start to notice the subtle different colorations on your face. I can see the beautiful art behind you. You know, the way the camera is moving slightly. I can see the different shades, like that’s like me bringing effort to bring sensory clarity to my experience.

Eric Zimmer 00:28:56  You’re saying I’m not effortlessly beautiful, I, I think this is a very, All right, go on, go on.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:29:03  I’m. Well, I’m sure you are in person.

Eric Zimmer 00:29:06  Okay. All right, all right, all right.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:29:09  But it’s like, you know, there’s this, like, I’m able to bring this, actually. It’s funny you say that because I think I probably take less effort for me to do that with you as a fellow human being, as it would be to like a white wall, which, like some of the Zen people do. Right? Yeah. Where they’re actually working on the effort of clarity. That’s kind of why they do that. But then, like, if I’m climbing over a vista and the sun is setting or whatever, that happens to my sensory experience almost naturally. So there’s something about what you’re offering when you ask someone to, like, listen to an instrument, it’s like to pick something beautiful because it will invite you into clarity and like to bring the technology conversation back in. This is what I think a lot of people are missing. We’re all resisting the distraction of technology, and we’re just pushing and pushing and confused. But it’s getting harder to see, like where the pockets of joy and meaning and purpose are coming in, and to actually work on bringing more attention and clarity to those beautiful parts of technology.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:30:09  And you could say the same thing about our thoughts, which goes back to the wolves and, you know, full circle, right?

Eric Zimmer 00:30:14  Yeah. It’s funny you bring that up. My partner Jenny has been thinking about beauty this week. It’s her mother’s birthday. Her mother passed. Coming up on three years ago. But one of the things her mother really instilled in Jenny was a love of. Of beauty. And not like, surface beauty, but like beauty in all its forms. Nature, plants, a well-designed area, color, you know, all that stuff. And she was reading a quote and I don’t remember exactly what it was, but that beauty is something that just without any effort, which is the common part with what you said, sort of arouses the heart in some way. But I also love the idea that another way of thinking about it is that it invites your mind into clarity. Naturally, those are both great ways to think about it. All right, let’s turn our attention to the book for a little bit.

Eric Zimmer 00:31:02  There’s a line that you have about technology, and you’re talking about how We can label technologies as bad or evil, and you use a different word and you talk about something to be problematic without being evil. And you use the example of cupcakes. Share more.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:31:24  Cupcakes are not evil. I think we can agree they’re delicious. At the same time, it is certainly possible for large corporations to extract all the nutrition out of it and create an almost meaningless empty calorie that is mass produced in a grocery store. That can get us totally hooked, right? Even in that case, though, if it tastes good, like having a little bit of a cupcake is not like a mortal sin. Right? Right. At the same time, if we completely abandon cupcakes and say, you know what? Cupcakes are never good for me and I’m never going to even have them. We kind of throw some of the joy of living out the window because, I mean, baked goods are delicious. I mean, I’m personally super into cards.

Eric Zimmer 00:32:08  You’re you’re a big advocate for mindfulness, technology and baked goods. Maybe that’s the next book. Maybe that’s the next book. Our relationship with baked goods.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:32:17  Yeah. For the rest of the podcast, I’m going to make an impassioned plea that everyone have more pastries. That’s the goal.

Eric Zimmer 00:32:23  I think that plea will be well answered more than your plea to listen to some obscure soundtrack and notice when the sounds disappear. Yeah. Baked goods are definitely going to win this race.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:32:33  Yeah, it’s an easy sell. And so is a lot of modern technology, right? Instagram, TikTok, you know, your work email. These are all things that, like, you can get into a flow with and they can make you feel good. They can kind of stress you out. They can bring all kinds of polarization to the forefront. There’s all kinds of problems. And I think fundamentally, we’re all feeling a little bit confused because we love technology. And yet it’s also something that is causing all kinds of problems.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:33:00  And so one of the kind of insights that I’ve had working with this in my own life as both a meditation practitioner, but also someone who loves technology, is that as I pay more attention to my relationship with technology, it’s that same idea of the golden mean or the middle way. Yes, I started to see a polarization of this issue where my colleagues in wellness are becoming anti-tax. It’s all evil and bad. And like these, oh, these kids are stuck on their screens and it’s going to ruin their lives, or AI is going to come and save us and we’ll never have to work again. And like, you know, the singularity is near and the future is here and all that sort of thing. Whereas what I kind of was starting to intuit in a practical sense in my own life is that if I pay close attention to my interactions with different kinds of technology, I can actually draw my own conclusions of like, what is supporting my deeper intentions in life and what isn’t. And that becomes like a much, much more grounded, starting place to say, you know, this is a technology I choose to include in my life fully.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:34:04  This is a technology I choose with some rituals and some boundaries around it. This is a technology that I should not include in my life, and that also extends to parenting. And I’ll give you a really fun, counterintuitive example from my own life, please. So based on my own life experience and where I’m at and my makeup and my wounds from my childhood and all the things I can really easily have TikTok on my phone and not overuse it. Like I can look at it for 10 or 15 minutes and then, you know, it’s just not something that sticks to me. But I can’t have work email on my phone.

Eric Zimmer 00:34:40  You and I are wired very similar.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:34:42  So right away, though, you can see this like narrative that like TikTok is the problem is coming from kind of an ignorance, to use our previous word of like your own relationship. And so what the book is really doing is it’s offering a lot of practical tools to invite people to bring more awareness to their own interactions with technology.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:35:03  No one is saying tech companies don’t need to be held accountable. No one is saying we don’t need to investigate mental health. No one is saying we shouldn’t explore regulation. But in your own life, you are not powerless to bring more awareness into your interactions with technology and make skillful decisions for you and the people around you. And in fact, I want to underline the part where part of that is going to be limiting certain technologies, which you can hear about all over the place. But the thing that I think is unique about what I’ve found in my life is I’m like a tech lover. So when these people go on the microphone and they say tech is bad and evil, I’m like, I love video games. Like, I can’t, I can’t swallow that. I’m a gamer. Like, I’m not going to throw all the technology out. But when you take a more awareness centered, like a mindfulness centered approach, I can actually say, hey, Rocket League is a game that just hooks me in a meaningless way.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:35:53  That’s not good, but I’m playing this game. Ori and the Will of the wisps right now, which is a beautiful work of art. It gives me great relaxation. It inspires me. and that’s not a problem. And same when I look at the games my kid plays, I can very judiciously orient him towards Zelda Tears of the Kingdom, which is teaching him so much. And away from something really twitchy, like Candy crush or the equivalent on your phone.

Eric Zimmer 00:36:46  I think the heart of of that is this ability to notice what’s happening inside of us as a result of technology. And I noticed that years ago when I was on Twitter, I noticed that there was about a 15 minute window. Now, it wasn’t always 15 minutes because it would depend on what I was engaging with, but there was a window of time in which I felt intellectually stimulated. I felt like I was somehow connecting and contributing to an important discussion. It was good. And then it would cross a point where it no longer felt good.

Eric Zimmer 00:37:24  And coming to my mind is, I don’t know if you know the blogger and now author Tim Urban. Wait, but why? Yeah, he has this post on procrastination, which is just genius across the board, and I had him on the show to talk about it. But there’s a concept in it that I love, and he talks about something called the Dark playground. And the dark playground is when you’re procrastinating and you’re doing something that should be fun, but it isn’t because you should be doing something else. And by should I mean you want to be doing something else. And for me, technology is often that way. It’s like I’m on the playground. It’s good. And then all of a sudden it’s like the sun starts to go down or something and you’re like, whoa, okay, this is not I don’t think I want to be here anymore, but I don’t hear those cues if I’m not paying very close attention.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:38:11  Yeah. And even worse, it starts to erupt into guilt and shame, especially with the societal narrative around it.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:38:18  It’s like, yes, you’re not paying attention to those cues. And so then you sort of get this narrative in your head that there’s this beautiful sun setting, and I’m staring at my phone and I’m broken and I’m bad and I’m addicted and I’m distracted or even, you know, the tech companies are evil and.

Eric Zimmer 00:38:36  Blame and shame all over the place.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:38:39  Yeah. That’s right. And with awareness, you can see clearly. Oh, there are definitely some challenges with how these technologies are designed that need to be rectified. But frankly, a lot of the people that work at these tech companies are also dealing with their own shadows and, you know, dealing with their own dark wolf that’s leading them to create these things. And so fundamentally, there’s like a whole plane of this issue. It’s like a layer cake. There’s a whole plane of this, which is about our fundamental emotional well-being. And one of the things that I’ve been finding, like, since I’ve been kind of like touring the book and talking to people about it, that’s been really connecting with people is when you start to look at a problematic technology.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:39:21  So in your example, Twitter, you start to look at the way you use it and the line that’s being crossed. And if you start to reflect and like, I’ll invite listeners to even do it now to think of a technology that you have a problematic relationship with and say, okay, what is the deeper, healthy emotional need that is driving this? Like, I’m on TikTok all the time, let’s say, as an example, why what what healthy need? Is it a healthy need for connection? Is it a healthy need for play? Is it a healthy need for like entertainment and like, you know, inspiration. Like, what content am I looking at? And when you start to see that, you’re like, oh, the part of me that is on TikTok all the time is actually trying to take care of me. It’s actually trying to like, get me something that’s missing in my life right now. But maybe it’s being trapped in a bit of an illusion. And so how do I kind of, like, extricate that illusion and find a deeper way to meet that healthy emotional need? And that’ll have a double win, because on one hand, you’ll meet that need more emotionally and kind of improve your wellbeing.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:40:26  But on the other hand, you’ll be able to go on Twitter and never kind of cross that line because you’re kind of coming from a healthier place where that need is already met. And that’s like a really different frame than, I think, the current societal narrative of guilt and shame around our tech.

Eric Zimmer 00:40:40  I agree 100%, because the term that gets used all the time with technology is addiction or addictive. And I’m a person who has, you know, a long history of thinking about addiction in that word because of having my history of addiction and being in that world for 30 years now, I think about these things a lot. And now even the term an addict or something, or being addicted is not even the way that the experts really talk about it anymore. Right. We talk about it as a disorder on a spectrum. So we’re all somewhere on that spectrum with these different technologies. And your point about them meeting a need is so critical to go back to cupcakes. My my partner Jenny said this once.

Eric Zimmer 00:41:25  And if listeners who’ve listened for a long time may have heard this before, but it’s just too spot on with both cupcakes and the thing because she would deal with emotional eating. And she said, when? When I thought that what I needed was a cupcake, there was only one answer in the world, and it was a cupcake. When I realized that what I needed in that moment might be I’m bored, I’m lonely, I’m whatever. There’s a lot of answers to that. There’s a lot of ways to solve boredom. There’s a lot of ways to solve loneliness. There’s a lot of ways to do these. And understanding what need is being met is really, really important. Also, because I don’t think that we just yank something out of our lives that has become problematic, to use your term, which I really like. I don’t think we just yank it out of our lives without a real conscious thought about what we’re replacing it with. My technology battles tend to be twofold. One is so ridiculous that it’s almost embarrassing and it’s solitaire.

Eric Zimmer 00:42:26  I’m glad I don’t play Zelda because I might never emerge if I tried anything more addictive than solitaire. And so for me, I hit a point for a long time where I was like, a little bit of solitaire is fine, you know? Whatever. I’ve hit a point now where I’m like, none done, but I want to. I want to extinguish it. But when it comes up, there’s a reason and it comes up at work and it comes up because I’m feeling frustrated or I feel like I don’t know the answer or I’m feeling tired, so I can’t make that go away. What I can do is go, oh, you’re tired. Go take a walk around the block. You’re tired. Go lay down and close your eyes for 15 minutes. You doubt your ability to do this. Take a pause. You know. Get your mind right again and move on.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:43:09  Absolutely. There’s so much I want to pick up there. I’ve been writing notes down while you’ve been talking. Let’s let’s just hit three points.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:43:16  So first addiction. So I don’t use that word. What I would say is that there’s definitely some vast minority of people who are actually addicted to technology. And you know, there’s certainly examples like gambling and porn, but there’s I think also in social media and other types of like video games and where it’s truly meeting the criteria for like totally disrupting a life. And I think that’s not most of us. I think that’s a minority. I think most of us use the word addiction because our relationships to technology do have some parallels, like withdrawal or like the involvement of the dopamine pathways. But just because some elements of addiction are involved, it doesn’t make it an addiction, right? So the word that I use is more the word relationship, and that we have a relationship with technology and all the trappings. We can have a healthy relationship, we can have a secure relationship. We can have an anxious avoidant relationship with technology. We can have a disorganized relationship with technology. Right. So disorganized relationship is chaotic.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:44:23  An avoidant is like tech is bad and anyone who uses it is committing a sin. And when I see someone walking down the street looking at their phone, I judge them right? And then an anxious relationship with technology is like, if my battery is dying, it’s literally an existential crisis. Like, I can’t live without my phone. So then it begs the question, what does a secure relationship with technology look like? And as I was starting to, I wrote a chapter about this in the book. And as I was starting to write that section, I realized that, like, we actually don’t have a societal script for this, that there isn’t like a kind of commonly understood, secure relationship with technology. And so I started to really pay attention to my own relationships while I was writing that chapter. And then this thing happened, which I eventually captured in the book that I thought nailed it. I was at a social event, and I was standing in a group of people, and I realized I had to check my phone because I heard a ding, and it could have been the babysitter.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:45:23  And, I don’t know, like it was a new babysitter who was with my young child. And I’m in the middle of this conversation. And so there’s a lot of ways to approach this situation, right? There’s the like, I’m just going to pretend it’s not happening and be stuck in this social interaction. Wait until it logically, naturally finishes and then like, go frantically look at it, which there’s kind of a shame to that. It’s like, I don’t want to do this right. Then there’s like, I’m just going to pull it out and like, wow, people are talking to me. I’m just going to be looking at my phone, which is also not ideal. But I think the secure relationship is like, excuse me, folks, I’m sorry to interrupt. I actually have to check my phone because the babysitter has my kid. I will be right back and then physically walk out of the circle, take a look and come back. And so that’s that’s kind of what I did and what I noticed.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:46:08  And the reason I noticed it was someone pointed it out after to me that like they felt that was very polite. And, you know, I think even before we started recording today, you said something relevant, which is you told me, hey, if you see me looking down at my notes or at my laptop, I’m not like checking my email or something. I’m just kind of organized the conversation, which was a very compassionate thing to do and represent. Both these examples represent like a secure relationship to technology where it’s like I’m going to address it in a compassionate, like, gentle way. So the other thing I wanted to pick up on was you were talking a little bit about, you know, if you’re, you know, getting caught in this illusion because you have this deeper emotional need and there’s much better ways to meet those needs. I want to I want to put a fine point on something here, which is very often technology is a great way to meet those needs. And so sometimes people can hear that and think, you know, what Eric and Jay are saying is that we should get off social media.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:47:07  But like sometimes social media is giving you social interaction. And like, I’m an elder millennial. Like for me and for Gen Z especially, we have some of our best relationships online. Like I have great relationships with people. I don’t even know their name. I just have some pseudonym and I met them online, but they get some part of me that no one in my real life gets. And like if you ask people who are like closeted and gay, or you ask people who are like hiding something from their family and they find a community online, I mean, it’s, I think a false dichotomy sometimes that that people are walking around with this implicit idea that physical real relationships are authentic and digital relationships are inauthentic. But I have plenty of authentic digital relationships, and oof, I definitely have lots of inauthentic, physical, in-person relationships. Right? So I think that’s a false dichotomy we should call out.

Eric Zimmer 00:47:59  I think that relationship idea is a really good one about we are in a relationship with it, right? And in many ways, I think the path of personal growth or whatever is about just learning how to relate to ourselves and our lives in a more useful way.

Eric Zimmer 00:48:17  So I agree, I think we’re always in relationship with countless things, whether we want to be or not. We just are and recognizing that. And so I like applying that sort of attachment framework to it. I also really love this idea of what you did, of saying like, hey, I got to check this. It might be the babysitter, because I’ve started to realize that I try and do that a lot more now. Like, sometimes I’m running late for a meeting, so I’m trying to get on a call while I’m also trying to answer an email. And, you know, I’ve just learned to get on and be like, I’m sorry, I’m running about a minute late. Can I just finish this thing over here so that I could give you my full attention? Or in conversations with with Ginny? I’m in the middle of looking at something online. I’m doing something with my phone, and when she starts talking to either say, hang on a moment, I want to finish this or just put the thing away.

Eric Zimmer 00:49:08  But when I get stuck in that middle ground where I’m like trying to respond to her because she just said something, but I’m also kind of half my brain is over here. I get grumpy, like that’s the reaction it causes in me. Multiple stimulus at one time tends to make me grumpy. Yeah, right. And so I’ve just learned both for for the other people and for my own self. The, the kinder thing to do is to do exactly what you said there. This show, my whole career is because the internet exists. Yeah. My whole career is because there’s technology. I have a podcast that I know over the years has helped. You know, at this point, probably millions of people. I mean, we’ve got so many, you know, 40 million downloads or something. So a lot of people over time. And I hear that often, that’s all technology. And I’ve built some communities among people that are almost all digital that are really valuable. And some of those translate then into real life.

Eric Zimmer 00:50:05  Like they get together, they meet. But to think that any of that is not real or authentic, I’m with you. I totally disagree with, and I think we want to mirror those things in actual physical reality, right? Ideally, ideally, you’ve got exactly what you said, right? I’ve got authentic relationships in in both areas. And also the point you made about how technology can really meet our needs sometimes. There’s nothing wrong with that. It’s all about the relationship and and the degree of how problematic it is or not.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:50:39  Yeah. And what’s interesting is, as I’ve been talking more and more about this to all kinds of communities and people and, you know, on podcasts and things like that, I don’t think anyone really has like, aggressively disagreed. Like, it feels like one of these things where we’re just kind of walking around with some default concepts like tech bad because like of these hot button issues that are really challenging us, but then we’re like living our life like tech good. And it’s like the minute you start to examine that a little bit, it starts to break down and it gives you some useful clarity on on how to approach this a little bit.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:51:12  And I think that’s all we’re really talking about. And like I really want to underline, I really do think we need to investigate. The scientific consensus is not there yet on whether tech affects your mental health in very problematic ways. It’s also a bit of a slippery fish because, you know, these big studies will be done on like quote, screen time. But what are you doing on that screen is a really important question. Yes. And so the scientists need to keep that work up. Regulators at some point need to think about whether they’re involved. You know, corporate ethics is tech design ethics. Like I’m a designer by trade. That’s a whole other conversation. So I’m not saying necessarily that we don’t need any of this. And tech is good. I just think one of the concepts that I’m kind of opening up for people, I’m realizing is just that you are not powerless. Like a lot of the messages in this space are like, oh, these big companies and forces are pushing us around and like, what can we do about it? But if there’s one thing I’ve learned as a kind of meditator, it’s that I’m not powerless.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:52:12  It’s that there is something I can control about my relationship and the boundaries and rituals I set around my tech use. And now that I have a child like my son, wife and I, you know, he’s got a screen time limit on his Nintendo Switch every day he can play an hour and 15 minutes. He gets to choose when he does it, and he goes and he plays Zelda. and, you know, just whatever game he’s into. But once a week we have a family video game party where we all take turns playing our favorite games. I’m playing Ori in the Will of the wisps. My wife is also playing Zelda and my son is playing Zelda. We’re all celebrating each other’s games. I’m like, high five, you beat that boss. And like, he’s like, wow, what is this cool, complicated game daddy’s playing? And it’s like a beautiful, artful family bonding experience. And I want to just take whatever snapshot you have in your head of what our video game party is like, with the pizza and the snacks and the games, and contrast that to what unfortunately, a lot of families are doing right now, which is like dumping a ton of shame on their kids for loving screens while also spending all of our time on screens.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:53:18  And it’s just like, there’s got to be a healthier way. And I think change comes from within. And so establishing that healthy relationship that we personally have with technology starts to inspire the people around us and the way we show up as parents and as friends and as family members and coworkers. Like you said, just like the way you show up to that meeting and you’re like, just give me five minutes. It’s so much more compassionate than like, jumping on a zoom call and someone’s clearly looking at their other screen and typing while you’re trying to talk to them, right?

Eric Zimmer 00:53:48  As we wrap up, take one thing from today and ask yourself, how will I practice this before the end of the day? For another gentle nudge, join good Wolf Reminders text list. It’s a short message or two each week, packed with guest wisdom and a soft push towards action. Nearly 5000 listeners are already loving it. Sign up free at once to feed us. No noise, no spam, just steady encouragement to feed your good wolf.

Eric Zimmer 00:54:18  I have more questions than you and I are going to continue in a post-show conversation. Listeners, if you’d like access to that post-show conversation and all kinds of other great things, as well as supporting what we do here. One you feed net. The reason that I’m abruptly wrapping up is I think you just landed the plane perfectly, and anything after that is just going to divert us. Because I think you ended on a really strong message of empowerment, hope and possibility about how we relate to these. So thank you so much for coming on.

Jay Vidyarthi 00:54:49  Thanks for having me. It’s a pleasure. I’ve been a listener and so it’s real full circle to be here.

Eric Zimmer 00:54:54  Thank you so much for listening to the show. If you found this conversation helpful, inspiring, or thought provoking, I’d love for you to share it with a friend. Share it from one person to another is the lifeblood of what we do. We don’t have a big budget, and I’m certainly not a celebrity, but we have something even better.

Eric Zimmer 00:55:13  And that’s you just hit the share button on your podcast app, or send a quick text with the episode link to someone who might enjoy it. Your support means the world, and together we can spread wisdom one episode at a time. Thank you for being part of the one You Feed community.

Filed Under: Featured, Podcast Episode

Unlocking the Power of Identity: How Small Changes Lead to Big Transformations in Your Life with James Clear (Part 2)

January 2, 2026 Leave a Comment

Watch on YouTube
Listen on Spotify
Listen on Apple Podcast

If you’re feeling overwhelmed and don’t have the luxury of doing less, Overwhelm Is Optional offers simple tools you can use in under ten minutes a day. Learn more at oneyoufeed.net/overwhelm

Take our quick 2-minute survey and help us improve your listening experience: oneyoufeed.net/survey

In this part 2 of a 2-part episode, James Clear explores practical, research-backed strategies for habit formation, including making habits obvious, attractive, easy, and satisfying. Through personal stories and examples, they discuss how environment, social groups, and small behavioral tweaks can help build good habits and break bad ones. The episode emphasizes starting small, celebrating progress, and designing supportive surroundings, offering listeners actionable advice for lasting behavior change.

Exciting News!!! Coming in March, 2026, my new book, How a Little Becomes a Lot: The Art of Small Changes for a More Meaningful Life is now available for pre-orders!


Key Takeaways:

  • Practical strategies for habit formation and behavior change
  • The role of environment in shaping habits
  • Techniques for making habits obvious and accessible
  • The concept of habit stacking (anchoring new habits to existing ones)
  • The importance of social groups and community in habit adoption
  • The impact of technology on finding supportive communities for habit change
  • The significance of reducing friction for positive habits and increasing friction for negative ones
  • The “two-minute rule” for simplifying habit initiation
  • The emotional payoff and satisfaction associated with habits
  • The importance of tracking progress and celebrating small victories in habit formation

James Clear is the author of Atomic Habits: An Easy and Proven Way to Build Good Habits and Break Bad Ones.  His work has appeared in The New York Times, CBS This Morning, Time, Entrepreneur, and he has taught in colleges around the world.  James is also the creator of the Habits Academy, the premier training platform for organizations and individuals that are interested in building better habits in life and work. 

Connect with James Clear: Website | Instagram | Twitter 

If you enjoyed this conversation with James Clear, please check out these other episodes:

How to Form Elastic Habits with Stephen Guise

How to Stay Motivated with Ayelet Fishbach

By purchasing products and/or services from our sponsors, you are helping to support The One You Feed and we greatly appreciate it. Thank you!

This episode is sponsored by:

Aura Frames: For a limited time, save on the perfect gift by visiting AuraFrames.com /FEED to get $35 off Aura’s best-selling Carver Mat frames – named #1 by Wirecutter –  by using promo code FEED at checkout. This deal is exclusive to listeners, and frames sell out fast,  so order yours now to get it in time for the holidays!

Uncommon Goods has something for everyone – you’ll find thousands of new gift ideas that you won’t find anywhere else, and you’ll be supporting artists and small, independent businesses. To get 15% off your next gift, go to UNCOMMONGOODS.com/FEED

LinkedIn: Post your job for free at linkedin.com/oneyoufeed. Terms and conditions apply.

patreon

If you enjoy our podcast and find value in our content, please consider supporting the show. By joining our Patreon Community, you’ll receive exclusive content only available on Patreon!  Click here to learn more!!

Episode Transcript:

Eric Zimmer 00:00:00  Eight years ago, I was completely overwhelmed. Career. Two Teenage Boys A growing podcast a mother who needed care. That’s when I stumbled into something I now call the Still Point method, a way of using small moments throughout my day to change not how much I had to do, but how I felt while doing it. So I built something I wish I’d had back then. Overwhelm is optional tools for when you can’t do less. It’s an email course that fits into moments that you already have less than ten minutes total a day. It’s not about doing less, it’s about relating differently to what you do. Holiday price is $29. Check it out at one you. Welcome.

James Clear 00:00:46  If I leave the phone in another room, then I never go get it in the morning, which is always so funny to me because I never wanted it enough to put in 45 seconds of work.

Chris Forbes 00:01:03  Welcome to the one you feed. Throughout time, great thinkers have recognized the importance of the thoughts. We have quotes like garbage in, garbage out or you are what you think ring true.

Chris Forbes 00:01:15  And yet for many of us, our thoughts don’t strengthen or empower us. We tend toward negativity, self-pity, jealousy, or fear. We see what we don’t have instead of what we do. We think things that hold us back and dampen our spirit. But it’s not just about thinking. Our actions matter. It takes conscious, consistent, and creative effort to make a life worth living. This podcast is about how other people keep themselves moving in the right direction, how they feed their good wolf.

Eric Zimmer 00:01:48  Most of us set up our changes like a finish line problem, and then we’re surprised when we don’t want to run the race. James Clear makes a shift that I keep coming back to optimize for the starting line. Not the finish line. Not how do I transform my life, but how do I become the kind of person who shows up today? This episode is a rerelease, and it’s a perfect conversation to revisit as we look towards 2026. It’s also part two of a two part series, so if you haven’t heard part one, I’d start there.

Eric Zimmer 00:02:19  James and I recorded this one in person, and there’s a real energy to the conversation in part two. We talk about the power of scaling habits down to the first couple of minutes, why consistency starts to reshape identity, and how to make changes satisfying now. So you actually want to come back tomorrow? I’m Eric Zimmer and this is the one you feed. So let’s talk about making it obvious. One of the things that you talk about in the book, and there’s so much research behind it, is you say environment is the invisible hand that shapes human environment. So a lot of the making, obvious or invisible, right? The inversion of that law is really about how we structure our environment.

James Clear 00:03:01  Right? So let me just give you some tangible examples. many of our habits are a response to the physical cues that are in our environment. And so let’s take the habit of watching television. You know, like if you walk into pretty much any living room, where do all the couches and chairs face, they all face the TV.

James Clear 00:03:19  So it’s like, what is this room designed to get you to do, right? It’s the most obvious thing in that environment, the very prevalent cue. So there are a variety of things you could do to to change that. So in this case we’re talking about an inversion of the first law. Make it invisible to watch TV. So you could take the remote control and you could put it in a drawer instead of leaving it out on the coffee table. You could take the television itself and put it inside a wall unit or behind like a cabinet and doors. You could also increase the friction associated with the task. So like if you wanted to, you could take the batteries out of the remote control and then that adds like an extra five or 10s and maybe it’s enough time for you to be like, do I really want to watch this right now? Or am I just turning it on mindlessly? you could unplug the TV after each use and then only plug it back in. If you can say the name of the show you want to watch, so you’re not allowed to just, like, mindlessly turn Netflix on and find something.

James Clear 00:04:10  and if you really wanted to be extreme about it and you wanted to reduce the queues, you could take the TV off the wall, put it in the closet, and then only take it out when you really wanted to watch something bad enough to set it up again. But the point here is that there’s kind of like a range of options, and the more that you can increase the steps between you and the bad behaviors and reduce the steps between you and the good behaviors, and the more that you can make the cues of your good habits obvious, the more likely you are to to fall into those. So to give you another example, when I wanted to build a flossing habit, I realized that I brushed my teeth twice a day, but I just didn’t floss consistently. And one of the reasons was because I had floss hidden away in a drawer in the bathroom. I just, like, wouldn’t think about it. I would. I would forget it because it wasn’t obvious. So I bought one of those, a little bowl and some of the flowers, and I put them in the bowl and put it right next to my toothbrush.

James Clear 00:05:02  And now I brush my teeth, put the toothbrush down, pick a floss up, do it right then. And that was pretty much all I had to do to build the habit of flossing. It kind of surprised me that, like, that was the only change that needed to happen, but it just once it was obvious it fell into place. And many habits are like that. And unfortunately, the cues of many bad habits are also like that. And so if you can cut them out, if you can reduce exposure to those negative cues, you often find that the bad habit fades away naturally.

Eric Zimmer 00:05:30  The other classic example of that is if you want to play guitar more, don’t have it in the case, which is one of those things that is 100% true. But when I think about it, I’m like, man, what, what, what creatures we are as humans. Yeah. It takes eight seconds to take a guitar out of a case. And yet, truly, that difference of eight seconds makes a ton of difference in I mean, a it’s that I see it because it’s out, but B there is just even and this will get this gets more to that make it easy stage.

Eric Zimmer 00:05:59  But but just even that little bit of friction of having to open the case, get it out I mean it’s ridiculous, but it’s, you know, it works.

James Clear 00:06:09  So, a friend of mine plays the violin, and he was not practicing nearly as much as he wanted to or needed to. So he took his violin and he placed it right in the middle of his living room floor on a stand. And he was like, now I pass it like, you know, a dozen times a day. So I end up playing like an hour a day just because it’s there. Yeah. And, this also your example, the guitar, the guitar case, it shows how, like, habits can bleed into each other and how it can be useful to. So, like, let’s say that you, go to guitar lessons, you have an instructor, or you play with a band or whatever. When you come home, you already have a habit of what you do with your guitar when you come home, right? Usually you keep in the case and you put in the closet or put it in the, you know, in the corner or whatever, but instead it can be really useful to build a new habit of when I get home, I take my guitar out of the case and I put it on the stand in the middle of the living room, or on the side of the room or whatever, right in an obvious location, because just that action of what you do with it when you come home makes it easier for you to pick it up again throughout the day and play it.

Eric Zimmer 00:07:07  Yep. What you just described. There’s a borderline of of two things an implementation intention and habit stacking.

James Clear 00:07:13  Right. Yeah. So habit stacking. I think it’s this really useful method for building a new habit. And I first heard about it from BJ Fogg, who’s this professor at Stanford. And the base.

Eric Zimmer 00:07:23  Is at anchoring, right, I think.

James Clear 00:07:25  Yeah. Yeah he does. Yes I think he does. Called anchoring. Yeah. anyway, his idea is like, you want to anchor this new habit to a previous one that you have, right? You want to in my language, you want to stack the new habit on top of the old one. So, for example, you could let’s say you want to build the habit of meditation. You could say, when I make my morning cup of coffee, I will meditate for 60s, or after I make my morning cup of coffee, I will meditate for 60s. And that’s basically the formula for this. As you say after blank, I will blank.

James Clear 00:07:55  So in the case of the guitar one, you could say after I come home from work or after I come home from guitar practice, I will place my guitar, take my guitar out of the case and place it on the stand. And the more that you can come up with good habit stacks like that, the more you can prime your environment for taking the effective action there.

Eric Zimmer 00:08:13  So useful also, because a lot of times what I again, when I’m working with people about putting this stuff into actual practice is the time of the day isn’t always consistent. So ideally you’d say I meditate at 7 a.m. every morning, but the problem is different things happen. But you do walk your dog every morning. Right? Might be 7:00, might be 705. Might be 630. Might be 810. You know. Right. So the advantage of that habit stacking or anchoring is that you can the time doesn’t have to be exact. You don’t get thrown off if you miss your time because you’re, you’re you’re tying it to something that is going to happen.

Eric Zimmer 00:08:48  But it might be a little bit variable. You get home late from work instead of I meditate at six, I meditate when I walk in the door from work is a you know what I mean? It’s a more practical.

James Clear 00:08:57  A great point. It flexes with you a little bit. Right. And, this that’s why it’s important to choose triggers for your habit stack that are things you actually already do every day and are, I guess, more specific would be better. Like if it’s a vague thing like, you know, after I get home from work, I will, organize one item of clothing in my closet or something like that. Well, that’s fine, but, like, it actually would be better if it was more specific. Like, after I take off my shoes from work, I will organize one item of clothing in my closet. And, because of the the specificity of it, it makes it very clear when to act.

Eric Zimmer 00:09:37  Yeah. All right, let’s keep moving. I’ve got about ten more things we could talk about there.

Eric Zimmer 00:09:40  But I do think that idea of specificity is so critical. Knowing when where is much exactness as you can have is such a big is such a big deal. Let’s get on to number two. Make it attractive.

James Clear 00:09:52  So, you know different habits are attractive to us at different times. So timing is is part of it. But the more that you view a habit as attractive, the more likely you are to feel motivated to do it. And I think one important area to focus on here is social environment. So we’ve talked a little bit about physical environment and how that can prompt your habits. But social environment often determines what habits we find attractive. So you know everyone is part of multiple tribes. Some of the tribes that we’re part of are really big, like what it means to be American, or what it means to be French, or what it means to be Buddhist or Christian or whatever. and some of the tribes are small, like what it means to be a member of your local CrossFit gym, or a neighbor on your street, or to volunteer at your local school.

James Clear 00:10:37  But all of these tribes, large and small, have a set of shared expectations. A set of shared behaviours that are part of them. So just imagine some habits that, like most people do. Like when you step onto the elevator, you turn around to face the front, or if you have a job interview, you wear a suit and a tie or a dress or something nice. Now, there’s no reason that you have to do those things right. Like, you could face the back of the elevator. You could wear a bathing suit to a job interview like you don’t. You don’t have to do it, but you don’t.

Eric Zimmer 00:11:08  Idea, actually.

James Clear 00:11:09  Because it violates the shared expectations of the group. Right? You don’t do it because it goes against the grain of what the tribe wants. And so the lesson there is that when habits go with the expectations of the tribes that we are a part of, they’re very attractive because they help you belong. They help you fit in. You get praised and approved of by others for doing them.

James Clear 00:11:30  When habits go against the grain of our tribes, they’re very unattractive. And so whether or not you feel motivated to do something is often contingent upon the people that you’re surrounded by. And the punchline here, the practical takeaway is you want to join groups where your desired behavior is the normal behavior. Because of it’s normal in that group, it’s going to seem attractive to you because it’ll be the type of thing that helps you fit in. This is why you see people, you know, like people join a CrossFit gym and all of a sudden they start eating paleo and they buy certain types of shoes and they, you know, like all they pick up all these other habits that they weren’t even trying to do in the first place. They were just trying to get fit. But they do those because that’s what it means to be part of that tribe. They start to get friends there and then they collect all these other habits. So, the caveat that I like to add to that because in a sense, when you ask people to change their habits, you’re kind of asking them to change their tribe to a certain degree.

James Clear 00:12:25  And that can be hard. That can be intimidating. And if you’re, if your choice is either I get to do the habits that I want to do, but I have to be alone. I have to, like, leave the tribe I’m in to go do this new thing or I have to stick with my old habits, which aren’t really the greatest, but I get to stay as part of the group. I get to keep my friends and family. Then we would often. We often choose to be wrong with the crowd, then right by ourselves, and it takes a very bold and courageous thing to be on your own. And so it’s easier to go from one tribe to another. It may still not be easy overall, but it’s easier if you have a new group of friends to go to. And that’s why I think it’s important to have like shared context with that new group, or to try to find these like mutually beneficial areas of overlap so that you can be friends quickly around one thing while you’re trying to pick up the new habit.

James Clear 00:13:15  So let me just give one more example. Steve, cam is a friend of mine who runs a company called Nerd Fitness, and Nerd Fitness is all about getting in shape, but it’s specifically organized for people who identify as nerds who are into Star Wars or video games, or the Marvel Universe, Spider-Man, Batman or whatever. And my point here is that if you’re joining that group, getting in shape is still an intimidating thing. It doesn’t change the habit of getting fit, but you can maybe bond with people over like your mutual love of Star Wars. And you’re like, oh, now I’m friends with Mark and Lisa, and because we’re friends, you know, they work out three days a week. So maybe, you know, if they can do it, I can do it too. And if you have that mutual area of overlap to develop a sense of belonging and friendship around, it becomes easier to adopt the habits of that new tribe. So it still requires effort. But I think that can help make those new habits more attractive.

Chris Forbes 00:14:07  I.

Eric Zimmer 00:14:32  Think one of the things about technology that is so useful is that the internet in particular, is that you can find people to support you on the changes you’re trying to make, even if those people aren’t really. It’s not. You can’t get them into your life physically easily, whether that be their physical location, whether that be you’ve got a job and a family, and so you don’t have much time to be out. You could still get some of that support and that tribe and that belonging. I don’t think it’s I don’t think it’s as good as.

James Clear 00:15:03  In.

Eric Zimmer 00:15:04  Person in real life, but it is an option. And I think that a lot of people, I think just say, well, I can’t change all other stuff, so I just don’t even look for that group. Whereas a step in the right direction is, can I find that support, encouragement, guidance online?

James Clear 00:15:19  Yeah, and it’s just getting better. I actually just talked to someone who had she had a fascinating idea for this business where it’s work, they’re working with self-improvement ideas.

James Clear 00:15:27  So, you know, weight loss group or things like that, but through virtual reality. And so, you know, now, right now you join like a Facebook group, you know, and you you get support for your weight loss goal or whatever. And that’s fine. That’s better than nothing. It’s it’s great. but we all know instinctively that being part of a Facebook group is not the same thing as, like, being in a room with people who share your goals. But if you can put on a headset and suddenly you, like, step into this room, it’s kind of like you’re watching a screen or in a video game, and now you’re in the same room with ten other people who are. One person is in Montana, somebody else is in Arizona. People are spread out all over, but you all have the same goals. then suddenly it starts to feel very real. That’s great. And, and so I think we’re going to see more of that over the next decade or two, and certainly well into the future, where you can basically replicate what it feels like in real life.

James Clear 00:16:16  And now suddenly you can be the parent who works a 60 hour week and has two kids at home, and you only have time from 8 to 9 p.m. but during that one hour slot, you can connect with people from all over who share the same goals.

Eric Zimmer 00:16:29  Yeah, I think that’s great. I mean, it’s one of the things I spend a lot of time Wrestling with my own in my own head is all right. We’ve got this show and there’s, you know, we’ve got a we’ve got a large number of listeners, right, who have similar values. You know, how how is it that we could use this thing that’s virtual and make it more supportive? We have a Facebook group that works good. It’s nice, but it is different, you know. And, you know, it’s very difficult to organize, you know, meetups in 100 different. You know, we’re not that big. Right. You know so I think often about that how what are ways to create some of that benefit for the community.

Eric Zimmer 00:17:02  So I’m always looking for other options. So I’ll be I’ll ping you afterwards to learn more about that. Sure. Yeah, sure. All right. How about number three? Make it easy.

James Clear 00:17:11  So if you’re trying to think like. Where should I start with a habit. What’s the first thing I should do? This is probably where I would recommend starting, which is essentially making your habits as easy and convenient as possible. The more, the more frictionless I have it is, the more convenient it is, the more likely you are to follow through. So just as an obvious example of this, consider your phone. You know, we all have our smartphones on us all the time. And one of the things about smartphones is that they are so frictionless, so easy to use, that we slide into them all the time, even if we don’t really want to. So I had an interesting thing that I realized recently. So this year I’ve started doing a new habit where I leave my phone in another room until lunch each day.

James Clear 00:17:54  So I have a home office, so it’s not that far away. It’s maybe like 45 seconds up the stairs and into another room. Well, if my phone is next to me, if it’s on the desk, I’m like everybody else. I’ll check it every three minutes. You know, like I’m just looking at it because it’s there. But if I do that, if I leave the phone in another room, then I never go get it in the morning, which is always so funny to me because it’s like, well, I was checking it like a hundred times over those three hours, but I never so in a sense, you would think I wanted to look at it, but I never wanted it enough to put in 45 seconds of work. Right. And so this is the the inversion of the, of the third law, which does make it difficult. But the point here is that if you can add a little bit of friction to the bad habits, they often fade away. And if you can reduce the friction of the good habits, they often rise up and become much easier to perform.

James Clear 00:18:41  Now, the simplest way to do this for building a good habit is to practice what I call the two minute rule. And the two minute rule is basically you take whatever habit that you’re trying to build, and you scale it down to just the first two minutes. So, you know, do 30 minutes of yoga becomes take out your yoga mat or read 25 books a year, becomes read one page or write a book becomes write one sentence, whatever you can do in two minutes or less. And the key here is that you’re really trying to automate or habitual the first two minutes of the behavior, just the beginning of it. And this is way more powerful than maybe it first seems. And the reason is because a habit must be established before it can be improved. If you don’t master the art of showing up, if you don’t master the art of just doing the habit every day. Then there’s nothing to optimize. So I had a reader who actually did this. He ended up losing over £100.

James Clear 00:19:34  And one of the things that he did was that he went to the gym, but he had a rule where he wasn’t allowed to stay for longer than five minutes. And it sounds silly, right? It sounds kind of ridiculous because it’s like, why would you go to the gym for only five minutes? But what you realize is he was mastering the art of showing up. He became the type of person who would go to the gym every day, even if it was just for five minutes. And then after like six weeks, he was like, you know, I’m coming here all the time. I kind of feel like staying longer or figuring out what program I should do, or get a personal trainer or whatever, but it’s really crucial to do that. I think you need to optimize for the starting line rather than the finish line. Most people are always optimizing for the finish line. How much money do I want to earn? How much weight do I want to lose the next six months? Whatever.

James Clear 00:20:16  But if you optimize for the starting line, how can I master the art of going to the gym for just five minutes? Then you’ve got options because you’re actually there every day. Yeah, and same thing is true for, you know, if you write one sentence a day, it’s like, well, it’s going to be hard for me to write a book if I only write one sentence. Well, that’s true, but you literally can’t write a book if you aren’t the type of person who at least does the right one sentence every day. Yeah. So I think it’s important to scale it down to the first two minutes and master that. And once you make it as easy as possible when you master the art of showing up, then you can optimize and improve from there.

Eric Zimmer 00:20:47  Yeah. My meditation habits. A classic example of this, because I would meditate for a while and I’d quit, and then I pick up another book and they’d say, she meditate 30 minutes a day. So I’d sit down and meditate for 30 minutes a day, which was, you know, I’ve joked before, like when I sit down to meditate, it’s like the circus comes to town, you know, that’s a long time to spend with the circus when you’re not used to it.

Eric Zimmer 00:21:06  When I said, you know what? I’m going to meditate for two minutes every day. Then I built that and then I could go to three, then five, then ten. I mean, it totally changed everything because it was something I was able to do. and, and I think and this it leads us a little bit into four, you know, which is to make it satisfying. I was able to have the satisfaction of feeling like I met. I’m meditating every day. Right. Right. Instead of the I did good for two days and I did crappy for five. Then I did okay for one that daily. Day after day began to is, you know, all the way back to the identity two. I started to feel like I’m a meditator. I’m doing it feels good. I’m satisfied. I want to do it again and build. I think that is one of such a fundamental ideas that make it easy.

James Clear 00:21:53  And even if it’s small, it can still reinforce that identity. Like you just mentioned.

James Clear 00:21:57  And if it reinforces the identity, if it helps you believe that, hey, I am a meditator, then even though it’s small, it actually is big. You know, it’s meaningful. That’s right. And so I think for that reason, that’s a really good place to start if you’re looking to build a habit, is scale it down, master the art of showing up and reinforce that identity.

Eric Zimmer 00:22:14  Yep, yep. I will talk with people about that. Like, okay, you know what? How about we start with meditating for three minutes a day? You know I’m not going to get peaceful meditating three minutes a day, right? No, you may not.

James Clear 00:22:25  But you can become a meditator.

Eric Zimmer 00:22:26  But you can become a meditator, right? But you can you you can make progress and you know. Yeah. Just that that starting small is, is so critical. All right. Number four.

James Clear 00:22:56  So the fourth law is to make it satisfying. And the idea here is it’s really about the ending of the habit.

James Clear 00:23:02  You want to you want whenever I have it finishes you want to feel successful in some way. You want to feel satisfied in some way. And the reason is because if you enjoy a habit, it’s kind of like there’s this pleasurable emotional signal in the brain where it’s like, hey, this felt good. You should do this again next time. And so in a sense, we could say positive emotions, cultivate habits and negative emotions destroy them. When you have this satisfying emotion associated with it, you want to do it again next time. And there are a variety of examples of this. Some of them, some of the best ones are from businesses. So toothpaste is a common example that’s given there’s no reason that toothpaste needs to taste minty. It doesn’t. The mint flavor doesn’t actually increase the effectiveness of the toothpaste itself. It doesn’t make it clean your teeth better, but it does lead to a clean mouthfeel and makes it more satisfying to brush your teeth. And because it’s more satisfying and enjoyable, you have a reason to turn around again and do it the next time.

James Clear 00:23:58  one of my favorite examples, recent example is from car manufacturers. So a couple years ago, BMW added this feature to one of their cars where if you really slammed on the accelerator and pressed on the gas, it would pump additional engine growl through the speakers in the car. So it made it more satisfying to press on the gas. Ford had a similar setup where they had like this valve that normally the car would be soundproofed, and if you really slammed on the gas, the valve would open and let the engine noise in. But the the idea here is that there’s some additional immediate satisfaction with drawing, driving the car, and that gets you to enjoy it and want to repeat it and so on. And the same is true for any habit, but it’s really about the speed. It’s really about feeling successful right away. And this is one of the challenges with building good habits or breaking bad ones, is that behaviors often produce multiple outcomes across time, and those outcomes are somewhat misaligned. So for a bad habit, the immediate outcome is often favorable.

James Clear 00:24:58  You know, like if you eat a donut right now, it’s sugary and tasty. It feels good.

Eric Zimmer 00:25:01  It’s sweeter.

James Clear 00:25:02  Yeah, but the ultimate outcome, if you continue that habit for a month or a year or whatever is unfavorable, for good habits, it’s usually the reverse, right? Like the immediate outcome of going to the gym right now is you sweat. It’s effortful, requires energy and sacrifice, but the ultimate outcome that you’re in shape a month or a year from now is favorable. And so a lot of the battle of building good habits and breaking bad ones is about figuring out how to take those long term consequences of your bad habits and pull them into the present moment so you feel like a little bit of the pain right now, and you have a reason to avoid it. And taking the long term rewards of your good habits and pulling those into the present moment so that you feel successful and feel satisfied right now and have a reason to show up again. And the ultimate example of this is a reinforcement of your desired identity if you feel like, for example.

James Clear 00:25:50  So to continue this exercise, one I just said, you know, the immediate outcome for exercise is that it’s effortful and requires sacrifice. It’s not that enjoyable. But that doesn’t have to be true. And this is one reason why it’s important to choose forms of exercise that you really enjoy. You know, like not everybody has to lift like a bodybuilder if you want to go hiking or cycling or kayaking or whatever, do whatever form is most pleasing to you. Because if it makes you feel good in the moment. You’re going to want to repeat it again in the future. Yeah. Similarly, if you can kind of reframe this using that growth mindset kind of thing that we talked about earlier and see it as, hey, every time I show up at the gym, I am being the type of person who doesn’t miss workouts, so I’m reinforcing that identity. Well, now, as soon as you walk in the door and do one rep, you can feel satisfied. You can feel good about the the effort, even if you’re still waiting for those delayed rewards to accumulate in the background, for the scale to change, or for you to get stronger or whatever.

James Clear 00:26:45  and so I think what you see is that people who are often appear to be good at delaying gratification from the outside, it’s like, man, he shows up at the gym multiple days a week. He must be really good at delaying gratification and like working hard for a long term goal, often for the person themselves. It doesn’t feel that way. They instead are focused on an alternative way to feel immediately satisfied in the moment. It’s like exercise makes me feel good. It reinforces my identity of someone who doesn’t miss workouts. I get to hang out with my friends. It feels good to move my body a little bit, whatever, but they’re focused on the immediate outcome that is pleasurable rather than the delayed gratification that they’re waiting for.

Eric Zimmer 00:27:23  Yep. And back to BJ Fogg. He talks a lot about celebrating victories. Right. I think that’s the that’s the reason, right? If you celebrate even the little change that feels good. Yeah.

James Clear 00:27:33  It doesn’t have to be big, but you just need some positive emotional signal in the moment.

Eric Zimmer 00:27:37  Yeah. Yeah. The other, the one that worked for me for exercise was when I went from exercising. Because I would look better in the future, or because I wouldn’t have a heart attack in the future or all that. When I really became very focused on every single time in my life I’ve ever exercised, I felt better when I was done. There has never been a time where I was like, I wish you didn’t do that. Yeah. So that’s what I focus on is like, it’d be great if I could focus on like, boy, it feels good to be on the treadmill. And actually, sometimes I can write as I’ve gotten better. But I do know that, you know, 20 minutes, 30 minutes, 40 minutes from now. I’ll feel good right then. And the same thing with eating like I’ve started to really focus on, like after I eat like crap. How does it feel right then in that moment, you know, like, oh, I feel full or I feel air or, you know, or, you know, like trying to to shrink that, that window of, of gratification, you know, between the result and it’s, it is such a tricky thing.

Eric Zimmer 00:28:37  We’re not well wired for that planning for something that’s way out in the future.

James Clear 00:28:40  We are. Yeah, we’re definitely wired, evolutionarily speaking, for immediate gratification because we had to be to survive, you know, like you had to account for. Is there a lion threatening. Right. Me right now? Or is there a storm that I need to take shelter from? Or have I eaten today? Like, it’s very near-term, immediate, focused. But the downside of that in modern society is that there’s all kinds of unintended consequences that that now come, some of which we just talked about. But as a final example of this, it can be very useful to have immediate satisfaction for habits that what I would call are like habits of avoidance. So things like I don’t want to drink alcohol for 30 days, or I don’t want to go out to eat at restaurants as often, or I don’t want to spend money on Amazon today. In a sense, those people set challenges like that for themselves a lot, but those habits like that are really hard because they’re not inherently satisfying.

James Clear 00:29:34  You know, like, what is the what is the satisfaction of not going out to eat at the restaurant? Right. You’re just like resisting temptation to go out. Yeah. So I had a reader who wanted to do that. He and his wife wanted to eat out less and cook more meals at home. And so what they did was they opened up a savings account and they labeled it Trip to Europe. And then whenever they wouldn’t go out to eat at a restaurant, they would transfer $50 over to the account. And being able to see that $50 go over in the savings account, grow in the moment, was just a little bit of immediate satisfaction that suddenly made it rewarding to stay at home and cook the meal. And so little hacks like that that give you some a little bit of immediate pleasure in the moment, can be really useful for sticking to some of those behaviors that otherwise wouldn’t feel very satisfying.

Eric Zimmer 00:30:22  Yeah, and keeping track of our habits is one of those things that is really useful.

Eric Zimmer 00:30:26  And you make that point, that part, one of the main things that makes it useful is it it makes it more satisfying.

James Clear 00:30:34  Yeah. It feels good to like, you know, I write down all my workouts, right? I log the the exercises and the reps and the sets and all that. And, closing my journal at the end of the workout feels good to have banked another one and, you know, and wrote and written it down. And the simplest version of that is just whenever you do a habit, you put an X on the calendar for that day. But it’s nice to have like a visual measurement of the progress you’ve made. It feels good to see yourself making progress and crossing off those habits.

Eric Zimmer 00:30:59  Yep, yep. Exactly. Well, James, thanks so much for taking the time. I think we’ve we’ve rapidly run out of time, but thanks for coming on again. Congrats on the new book and thanks for sharing all this with our listeners.

James Clear 00:31:12  Oh, thank you so much.

James Clear 00:31:13  Yeah, I appreciate the opportunity. And if people want to check out the book, it’s it’s called Atomic Habits. And you can just go to Atomic habits.com.

Eric Zimmer 00:31:21  Yep. Absolutely. And we will have links in the show notes directly to that and all your other stuff. A lot on tons of great rain on your website too. So we’ll point people there.

James Clear 00:31:30  Great. Thank you.

Eric Zimmer 00:31:31  Thank you so much for listening to the show. If you found this conversation helpful, inspiring, or thought provoking, I’d love for you to share it with a friend. Sharing from one person to another is the lifeblood of what we do. We don’t have a big budget, and I’m certainly not a celebrity, but we have something even better. And that’s you just hit the share button on your podcast app, or send a quick text with the episode link to someone who might enjoy it. Your support means the world, and together we can spread wisdom one episode at a time. Thank you for being part of the One You Feed community.

Filed Under: Featured, Habits & Behavior Change, Podcast Episode

« Previous Page
Next Page »

Footer

GET YOUR FREE GUIDE

Sign-up now to get your FREE GUIDE: Top 5 Reasons You Can’t Seem To Stick With A Meditation Practice (And How To Actually Build One That Lasts), our monthly newsletter, The Good Wolf Feed, our monthly email teachings about behavior change as well as other periodic valuable content.

"*" indicates required fields

Name*

  • About Eric and Chris
  • Transformation Program
  • All Episodes
  • Shop
  • Reading List
  • TED Talk
  • Membership
  • Spiritual Habits Workshop
  • Buy from Amazon- Support Us
  • Contact Us

The One You Feed PRACTICAL WISDOM FOR A BETTER LIFE

Quicklinks

  • Home
  • About Eric Zimmer
  • About Ginny Gay
  • About the Parable
  • About the Podcast
  • Podcast Episode Shownotes
  • Contact: General Inquiries
  • Contact: Guest Requests

Programs

  • Free Habits That Stick Masterclass
  • Wise Habits
  • Wise Habits Text Reminders
  • Membership
  • Coaching
  • Free ebook: How to Stick to Mediation Practice

Subscribe to Emails

Subscribe for a weekly bite of wisdom from Eric for a wiser, happier you:

"*" indicates required fields

This field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged.
Name*

By submitting your information, you consent to subscribe to The One You Feed email list so that we may send you relevant content from time to time. Please see our Privacy Policy.

All Materials © 2026 One You Feed | Terms | Privacy Policy |  A Joyful Site